Sliders 4 Transcript

Citation preview

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

The MCEO Freedom TeachingsTM Series Sliders-4 Workshop The Call of Aurora, Probability Alignments and the Adjugate Bond – Freeing the MIND for Slide: Intermediate Atmic and Ah-VA’-yas Body Training Phoenix, Arizona; May 22-24, 2009 Friday Evening Orientation [Audio Track 1] A‘sha Good evening and welcome. Hi everybody, everybody we‘ve known and people we haven‘t known yet, because there‘s some new people here, too, I think and we‘d like to welcome you. I‘ve been trying to put an itinerary out on this workshop for three weeks, then it was two weeks, then it was one week. When things like this occur I know that it‘s security clearance information, when they don‘t even tell me what it‘s about and I, well, after I have my melt down – because I have this little emotional meltdown, vertically, on occasion where I just go, ‖I can‘t take it any more. I really can‘t take this any more. I really love doing workshops, but not when I don‘t know what I‘m teaching until we‘re here.‖ They got me over that meltdown this time where they just said, ―You know, you can look at it differently and you don‘t have to upset yourself.‖ So, I said, ―OK, let‘s try that.‖ And, I did. I‘ve done really, really well. I‘ve been doing graphs, I have. You saw the state I was in. I was ready to quit. ―Let me go write books, because at least people can go get the books and read the books and they don‘t have to wait and all that kind of stuff.‖ But, of course, the books don‘t get Shield work done, and that is part of what all of the workshops are about. So at least I‘m happy, because right before we came down they finished up something they started two days ago; but then left and didn‘t finish. ―Can‘t even say anything about that?‖ So I have a little thing to read that is kind of in place of an itinerary that gives you an idea of what this workshop is about and it will also give us an idea, not just about this workshop, but this one and the next two which they call the Intermediate Sliders Triad—there refers to (Sliders) One, Two and Three were the Beginning Triad. These are the IntermediateTriad. So, they talked a little bit about what the last ones were, and what we accomplished and what these next three are about. So, I‘ll read that before we leave.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 1 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

In the meantime I would like to welcome you and also thank those of you who were in the Sarasota workshop and the drum circle. That was an awesome event – it did everything it was supposed to. And just thank you on behalf of the Beloveds for being there, those of you who were. So, to you guys again, thank you. It wasn‘t until they gave me this writing that I realized how important that event was and what it was connected to, and in that workshop, interestingly, they had begun teaching us about probabilities, a little bit about probabilities, the structure of probabilities and what those kind of things meant, and we worked with probabilities. We began working with the probability codes, using the numeric codes with the drums in order to influence Probability Alignments. In this workshop they‘ve actually--let me find the official title, because there is one. It is called… what is it called besides Sliders 4? It‘s called Sliders 4: The Call of Aurora, Probability Alignments and the Adjugate Bond – Freeing the Mind for Slide. So, just like the last three Sliders they did, Preparing the Mind, Preparing the Body, then Engaging the Spirit, again, it‘s going to be a mind, a body, a spirit thing; but this time it‘s freeing, and this is different than preparing. By reading this it will bring that into a little bit more focus. The freeing has to do with certain codes that bind us. They‘re biochemical codes that, because we live in a system that happens to be in the Milky Way Galaxy, that is encrypted in our genes, and that encryption actually limits us in certain ways; and in order to be able to Slide and to ascend and those kind of things, those codings have to be over turned and put back to their natural order. Where the Milky Way Galaxy came from was what they call the M-31 Andromeda Galaxy, so we are going to, in this next block of three workshops, progressively work to bring back in the full set of natural, organic Andromeda Codes that belong in our system. They‘re called the Aquious Codes because that‘s the real name of that matrix; it‘s not Andromeda. And this allows us to…I‘ll read it so you can hear how they worded it, but this little…especially the last three paragraphs of this writing, they had just given me 45 minutes before we left and it helped me understand a little bit more about what we‘re teaching. I‘ve been working on graphs now for about three or four days.These are graphs; I call them alignment graphs where it‘s like micro alignments. I‘m using one of those little plastic magnifying glasses just to see numbers and alignments; there‘s so much detail in some of these. These are an important part of the part of the workshop that will deal with understanding more fully what Probability Alignments are and why they‘re important. So, I‘ve been working on all of those things and I‘m still working on them. I‘ll probably be working on them right up until it‘s time to deliver them. But, aside from the new graphs they‘ve also said there‘s going to be some, there‘s going to be four new techniques, and they‘ll be new to me too because they haven‘t told me what they are yet. There is a thing that is going to occur that I didn‘t know anything about. It‘s like I felt this whole big secret and I almost wanted to call it, can I call it the ‗Secret Workshop‘? Because I feel this, like, they know something and I get this sometimes; but sometimes it‘s extremely strong where I just The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 2 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

know there‘s something big coming and, almost like the least they say before a workshop the more I know there‘s something big coming. So, I‘ve learned to shift my perception of when it‘s like, ―Oh God, here we go, Guardian time again‖, and all that stuff to, ―Oooh, this must be really good stuff coming because they‘re waiting until the end.‖ And they just gave us a little hint about some of the things that we‘re going to be doing, so what I will do as long as my eyeballs hold up, because they‘re very tired already from working on the micro graphs. They get, my eyes get very, very sore, and you combine that with some of the computer work for typesetting and stuff, not that the graphs are typeset; there‘s no time to do that with the micrographs, but, I will do my, I will try. Az: (Inaudible) A‘sha: Ah, how about you do this? How about we share? Az: And you do the (inaudible)? A‘sha: Let me do this part. Az: I‘ll develop it. A‘sha: I‘ll do it from here. Az: You want to do it from there? A‘sha: Yeah, my eyes can handle that. Az: You sure, hon? A‘sha: Yes. Az: OK. A‘sha: Yeah, there we go. I haven‘t proofed it, though. Az: So you‘re going to do the interruption and development thing, right, usual? A‘sha: My usual interrupting when he reads things. Az: Shall we begin? A‘sha: Yes.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 3 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Az: OK. Sliders 4: The Call of Aurora, Probability Alignments and the Adjugate Bond – Freeing the Mind for Slide: Intermediate Atmic and Ah-VA‟-yas Body Training; May 22 through 24, 2009; Phoenix, Arizona. Overview of the Sliders 2009 Introductory Triad and the Sliders 2009 Intermediate Triad workshops: The 2008 Introductory Workshop Triad of the MCEO Sliders Workshop Series included: Sliders 1: Emerging from Darkness, Preparing the Mind for Slide; Introductory Atmic Body Training; August 8-10, 2008, Phoenix. Sliders 2: Reclaiming the Vessel, Preparing the Body for Slide; Introductory Telluric Body Training; Sept 19-21, 2008 VB. (Virginia Beach) Sliders 3: The Wind Beneath Your Wings; Engaging the Spirit for Slide; Introductory AtomicEtheric Rasha and Spirit Body Training; Nov 12-22, 2008 St. Kitts, British Virgin Islands. The 2008 Introductory Triad introduced the most important beginning aspects of the bio-spiritual dynamics by which humanity can actualize the potentials of direct biological ascension, focusing upon the most practical introductory applications of knowledge pertaining to the structures, processes, and anatomy associated with Krystar Biophysical Ascension. The purpose of the 2008 Introductory Triad was to prepare the Density-One Mind-Body-Spirit System to receive, anchor, assimilate, and activate the progressive Density-1 biophysical trans-dimensional frequency infusions associated with the phenomenon of Slide and Span Ascension. Within the 2008 Introductory Triad we learned of the Density-1 aspects of the Aah-JhA‟ Hydro-Acoustic Body anatomy and processes. Our exploration included the Jha-DA TE‟ Wha GrU‟-al Jhan-Das Rasha dimensional HydroAcoustic planes, the Hydrolase Living Water substance, the Translation and Transduction Sequences, Hydrolase Conversion, Oblique Solar Symbiosis processes, the Pentagorian Circulatory System and the First 12 Steps of Materialization through which consciousness translates and transduces into Aahs, Aah Sha-LA-ea Living Light Units and atomic structure. We have learned about the Fetal Integration process, organic Bhardoah Transition and the VaBha‟-TE Cell biological time filters, our embodied spirit GharE‟, its inorganically reversed aspect Gharoche, the internal biological war of attrition, that‘s between the GharE‘ and the Gharoche force, and the hidden birth imprints, light quotient potentials and evolutionary options that currently govern our personal ascension potential from within. Through these studies, we have come to better understand the importance and tangible meaning of the Personal Light Quotients, its immediate connection to the physical body atomic structure and the unavoidable, direct relationship between the physical body atomic structure and the complex processes of real spiritual ascension. The 2008 Introductory Triad featured 12 PSI Interactive, Intuitive PSI‟s Field Development Biofield Activations techniques, and 11 MCEO Krystal River AquatoneTM Hydro-Acoustic The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 4 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Systems Masters Kathara Biospiritual Healing SystemTM practicum techniques, through which the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System came on line with the eternal flows of the Density-1 AahJhA‘ Hydro-Acoustic body. Restoration of the organic Density-1 Aah-JhA‘ Hydro-Acoustic Body Flows enabled the Personal Light Quotient to reach 75% Sha-LA-ea light, the minimum needed for Slide 2 Translocation ascension. The planetary stewardship events of the Krystal River Host that took place during the Sliders 2008 Introductory Triad period included opening of the Aah-JhA‘ Hydro-Acoustic Body Windows and Doors between Median Ascension Earth and NET Earth, activating the planetary Ah-VA‟-yas Elemental Watchtower, Sentinels and Light Houses. A‘sha: Ah-VE‟-yas. Az: Ah-VE‘-yas? A‘sha: Yeah, Ah-VE‘-yas. Az: Didn‘t I say Yes on the end? A‘sha: And I said Ah-VA‘-yas. Az: Yes, Ah-VA‘-yas. A‘sha: It‘s not Ah-VA‘-yas. That‘s something different. That‘s why I pointed it out. Az: Oh. Right. That‘s something different. Ah-VE‘-yas Elemental Watchtower, Sentinels and Light Houses of the Median and NET Earth Shield of – Shield of what? Where did we go? Shield of – hello, just a moment. We just have a page slip. A‘sha: Here you go. Az: …of Solomon; yes, we should have done that anyway, shouldn‘t we? Shield of Solomon, and merging the NET Earth, Krystic Host and Green Dragon grid quantum through the Treaty of Al-Ben‟-Yhan, July 2008, all of which enabled NET Earth‘s Templar to successfully engage the November 1, 2008 Probability Leap Alignment from Meta-Galactic Probability 3 to Probability 4 and the April 10-13, 2009 Grand Event, probability leap-shift alignment from Meta-Galactic Probability-4 to Probability-6. Through achieving these recent Meta-Galactic Probability Leap Alignments, the NET Earth Templar was able to retain direct frequency connection to the current time accelerations of the Krystal River Host which allowed for the Aurora Continuum and Middle Earth Edon Actuality Dominion gates to open into NET Earth‘s Templar for the first time ever during April 10-13, 2009 Grand Event. If NET Earth had not successfully achieved the April 2009 Leap-shift to engage Templar alignment with Meta-Galactic Probability-6, the Aurora Continuum and Middle Earth Edon Actuality Dominion gates would have been unable to open and the NET Earth Templar would have been unable to progress through the coming 2009 - 2012 time accelerations and galactic and Solar System leap alignments of the Krystal River Host. Ascension potential and link to the Universal Krystal River Host would have been lost to NET Earth populations if it were not for the transdimensional bio-field frequency infusions anchored and activated in NET Earth Templar by the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 5 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

NET Earth Aquafereion Shield through the Sliders 2008 Introductory Triad activations. NET Earth would be unable to engage the Essential Alignment of 2009-2010. A‘sha: Just read that again. Just the title. The Essential Alignment – Az: The Ascension Alignment of 2009-2010. A‘sha: That‘s what the next three workshops are about, this thing they‘re calling the Essential Alignment. This alignment will determine whether or not we will be able to see a positive Probability through 2012 or not because in 2012 some big events take place. So I just wanted to emphasize that and we can go back to the readings and talk some more about that later as we go back, but, the Essential Alignment of 2009-2010. Az: OK, knowing you, you‘re probability expanded on it anyway here. Failure to engage this Essential 2009-2010 Alignment would end NET Earth‘s Krystal River Host ascension potentialities, including that of the Green Dragon Sovereign Kryst Fall Host. In such case, the NET Earth Aquafereion Shield would engage emergency evacuation (this would be known as ‗pulling the shield‘) to the Middle Earth Actuality Dominion by October 2010-2011, and those remaining in the NET Earth field would engage phase-lock into the Omega Fall Probability in December 2012. Fortunately, the Aquafereion Shield and NET Earth Templar has successfully achieved the April 2009 Meta-Galactic Probability 6 leap-shift alignment and thus, so far, remains on course to sustain the Universal Krystal River Host alignment through the period of the Load-Out Evac to 2230AD. The next big event in which failure is not an option is the Essential 2009-2010 Alignment upcoming. On a personal level the transdimensional bio-field frequency infusions that were progressively anchored, assimilated and activated in the NET Earth Shield during the 2008 Introductory Triad prepared the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System and DNA-RNA E.G.O. strands 1,2, and 3 to engage the November 1, 2008 Probability Leap Alignment from Meta-Galactic Probability 3 to Probability 4, and the April 10-13, 2009 Grand Event Probability Leap-Shift alignment from Meta-Galactic Probability 4 to Probability 6. Through achieving these Meta-Galactic Probability Leap Alignments, the physical body was able to retain direct frequency connection to the time accelerations of the Krystal River Host, which enabled the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System to initiate access to the Aurora Continuum and Middle Earth Edon Actuality Dominion during the April 10-13, 2009 Grand Event. Achieving access to the Aurora Continuum and Middle Earth Edon Actuality Dominion allowed the physical bodies of those holding co-resonant BPR with the Aquafereion Shield to engage back-run regenesis healing/rebirth of the strands 1-2-3 DNA/RNA Epi-Genetic Overlay. Initiation of Back-Run Regenesis healing is a prerequisite for biologically engaging the Transvector biofield frequency infusions associated with the Density-3 Adjugate Bonding activations featured in the Sliders 2009 Intermediate workshop Triad. The 2008 Introductory Triad technique sessions featured 12 PSI Interactive techniques, Intuitive Psychic Development and, what? A‘sha: Don‘t have to worry about that part, just say….

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 6 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Az: 12 PSI Interactive techniques and 11 Aquatone Practicum techniques. The 2008 Introductory Triad Aquatone Practicum techniques representing beginning, intermediate and advanced level Aquatone Hydro-Acoustic techniques, which is advanced Kathara 12 essentially. The FOL 09 and Sarasota April 09 workshops contained preview preparation techniques for the coming Sliders 2009 Intermediate Triad Level 2 Aquatone Hydro-Acoustic techniques, advanced Kathara 13. A‘sha: So that means we‘re going into Kathara 13 technologies now with this set of them. Let me see what this says. Az: Is that the last page there? A‘sha: The next one. (A&A shuffle papers and discuss which part to read next…) A‘sha: This is on the 2009 Triad, the three workshops that will happen, that are Sliders workshops that will happen during 2009. That‘s Sliders 4, 5 and 6. Az: OK, so, Sliders 4, 5, and 6 current view: Sliders 4 is where we‘re at: The Call of Aurora Probability Alignments and the Adjugate Bonding, Bond – Freeing the Mind for Slide, which is the Intermediate Atmic Ah-VE‘-yas Body Training, May 22-24, which is now. Sliders 5: Essential Alignment, Freeing the Body for Slide, Intermediate Telluric Ah-VE‟-yas Body Training, August 14-16 this year in Phoenix here again. And, finally, Sliders 6: The Sleeping Sentinel and the Great Crossover; Embodying the Spirit for Slide, Intermediate Atomic Etheric Rasha and Spirit Body Training, October 9-18, 2009 in the Emerald Isle, Ireland, and I‘m trying to persuade Noel and Rose to do a presentation at Hethalon about Skellig Michael and some of the foundations for our going there, and you‘re going to try and do a little bit of Atlantean history linking to that aren‘t you? A‘sha: I think if enough of it …? Az: So that‘s obviously not a promise, but we‘re working on it. The 2009 Intermediate Triad will feature Density-3 Adjugate Bonding activations that will progressively and positively free the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System from the Procyak genetic harness that phase-locks the embodiment and consciousness into a Meta-Galactic encryption of the failing Milky Way Galaxy. A‘sha: Falling. Az: The what? A‘sha: Falling. Az: The falling, it‘s doing both, isn‘t it? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 7 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘sha: It is. Az: Right. That‘s the Universal Veca M-31 fragment, whereas the 2008 Introductory Triad prepared the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System to achieve the April 2009 Meta-Galactic Probability 6 Leap-Shift Alignment. The activations contained within the 2009 Intermediate Triad will free the Density-1 Mind-Body-Spirit System from the Milky Way Procyak phase-lock enabling the individual to achieve the Essential Alignment of the Great Crossover, which is required to retain direct frequency connection and BPR co-resonance to the Aquafereion Shield through the 2009-2012 time accelerations of the Krystal River Host. The essential 2009-2010 alignment Great Crossover must occur within the Aquafereion Shield and NET Earth Templar between May 2009 and May 2010 to retain viable frequency connection and BPR co-resonance with the Krystal River Host during the 2012 final Meta-Galactic Leap-shift from Meta-Galactic Probability-6 to Probability12. The 3 workshops contained within the 2009 intermediate Triad will each feature next level teachings, techniques, activations and Level 2 Aquatone Hydro-Acoustic technologies, advanced Kathara 13. These are focused upon freeing the Mind-Body-Spirit from Milky Way Procyak biochemical and morphogenetic phase-lock, thus enabling the members of the NET Earth Aquafereion Shield to fulfill the Essential 2009-2010 Alignment Great Crossover. The 2009 Intermediate Triad will also explore progressive intermediate studies in Jha-DA‟ Body time travel projection, orbing, elemental command, materialization technologies and Slide 2 Translocation training, as well as stepping-up contact with their Kryst Guardian Nations. The 2009 Intermediate Triad workshops will energetically prepare members of the Aquafereion Shield to join with the Krystal River Legions during the progressions of the Krystal River Host Planetary Stewardship events that will take place between May 2009 and May 2010. Each of the three 2009 Intermediate Triad workshops will include a Planetary Stewardship Event that represents a part of the Essential 2009-2010 Alignment Great Crossover. These events will culminate in early 2010 with a series of three Krysted Templar Elemental Command Stands. These will be the 3 Krysted Templar Elemental Stands will be, number one: FOL 2010, Easter 2010, Hetharo May 2010, all of which will be held at Sarasota and at Siesta Key for some of the time. And through this process of these three will become known, it will become known, if the Great Crossover of NET Earth Templar has succeeded and hence, whether or not the Load-Out Evac can progress to 2012 and beyond. A‘sha: By the end of that third workshop… Az: We will know where we stand… A‘sha: …in 2010 Az: As they say… A‘sha: Yeah, OK now, I‘ll finish the last little bit. They told us about where we were, they told us about where we‘re going for the next three and now they‘re just giving a little bit more on this one in particular. They didn‘t give me a format yet as far as we‘re not even going to try to put times, OK? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 8 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

This one we know better. We‘ll just say we‘ll meet at 8 pm for evening session until 8 a.m. question mark. They are going to be evening sessions, and that‘s because especially – not just because I‘m going to have to work all day to get the things ready for the evening, but they said these are all night time activations that are coming in. So it‘s a good idea to, at least when they give us warning that they‘re going to be night shift, that you can use some of your day to get some sleep, to take a nap. I know it‘s harder for you, you‘re used to sleeping at night and being awake in the day; but it might be worth it. Even power napping helps and that kind of thing. So they did let us know from the beginning that these are night shift; so we‘ll get together after dinner at 8:00 o‘clock and I won‘t even put a time of when it‘s going to end. They‘ll end when they‘re done with that segment and that kind of stuff and I don‘t enjoy that either. I don‘t know who enjoys it less, you guys, a lot of you guys or us because we don‘t get any time to sleep or anything during those periods because we‘re working during the day and delivering all night so it gets a bit hectic. But, it‘s usually good stuff; I mean it‘s usually that little bit of extra stuff you didn‘t know was going to happen, and this gave us a little bit of – almost like a teaser on what this might look like for this particular workshop. So, what they said is, now this one is on the Sliders 4 workshop. The 2009 Intermediate workshop Triad starts out with the Sliders 4 Call of Aurora, Probability Alignments and the Adjugate Bond; Freeing the Mind for Slide, Intermediate Atmic and Ah-VE‘-yas Body Training, and that‘s the one we‘re in now. In this Sliders 4 workshop we will further explore the nature and mechanics of probabilities, a topic of study that began in the April 2009 Sarasota workshop. In order to comprehend the dynamics and significance of the 2009-2010 Essential Alignment Great Crossover event, a more in depth understanding of Probability Alignments and how they pertain to the MetaGalactic, Galactic and Solar System Probability Leap-Shifts of the Krystal River Host that will determine which probable future 2012 NET Earth will see. So, they‘re going to teach us more about Probability Alignments, because we need to understand certain other levels to be able to work with them, and it is these particular Probability Alignments that will determine what 2012 set we get to see because there‘s a bunch of different Earths. We have probability systems; we‘ve talked about the Twelve Earths; and that‘s only the immediate local one in different probability fields and we will, this planet will be aligning itself with one of those probability fields, and the people on this planet will see that as their mass future of history for the future. So, the Probability Alignments they want us to understand through this workshop have to do with just having a better grasp on what the probabilities mean; where – what probabilities we need to align with, and why and what happens in the ones that, let‘s say, the probabilities we don‘t want to see. Through understanding the alignments of where we need to go with the alignments, it will also show where we don‘t want to end up with the alignments, because they‘ve taken the maps that they introduced in Sarasota and elaborated on them and showed all sorts of different alignments, and also explain some very interesting things, and I‘ll get into a little bit of what we‘ll find out about here. So, through greater understanding of the reality of probabilities we will uncover the answers to the secrets of the New Age Numerical Code phenomena, such as the 11:11, the 12:12, the 3:3:3. You The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 9 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

know how those numbers keep popping up, where you happen to wake up at the same time every time you look at the clock when you wake up it‘s like 11:11 or 12:12 or 3:3:3? We‘ll start to find out, ‗what is that?‘ What is actually happening with this stuff? Because it‘s not just our groups. This is across the board, and it‘s even connected in the people that are into the Mayan traditions and all that kind of stuff. So, there‘s a lot more to this than just our work. So, they‘re going to explain a bit about what that is, and that understanding will come out of seeing these Probability Maps and what they mean. It will help us to understand what those things are, and some of them – what you do about them. It‘s like, fortunately, you can‘t get a 6:6:6 on the clock, you know what I mean, right? Excuse me. All right, so, we‘ll get a bit more understanding about the New Age Numerical Codes, and we‘ll also develop a greater appreciation for what has been accomplished since the 2000 SAC began. We‘ll become more fully aware of what it means to assist this Planet in its passing through the 2012 End Times. So, all of this understanding of the probabilities is tied to these multitude of micrographs that I‘m doing, and I call them ‗micro‘ because the print is so tiny that I have to use a magnifying glass just to see what I wrote on the last one and then I have to photocopy it and make that as a piece of the next one, and it‘s like they‘re intense; so I call them ‗micrographs‘ because I‘m doing micro-vision on them. All of those things, we‘ll start to understand them and start to conceptualize them well when you see these alignments they‘re talking about, that‘s why they wanted to spend the time on these particular set of graphs. I said, ―OK‖. Along with probability studies, the Sliders 4 workshop will also delve into the greater anatomy of the D3 Atmic Mental Planes, the Ah-VE‟-yas Vibrational Water Body and its relationship to Probability Alignment, and the dynamics of the Adjugate Bond as a tool for healing and freedom. The workshop will introduce 4 new Level 2 Aquatone Kathara 12 Adjugate Bonding Activation Techniques for freeing the mind and the D-3 Epi-Genetic Overlay ego from the Milky Way Procyak biochemical and morphogenetic phase-lock caused by our Planet‘s Meta-Galactic alignments. The Sliders 4 workshop will also feature 2 Planetary Stewardship Activations that will raise the light quotient of the Aquafereion Shield from 75%, which we achieved in the Sarasota workshop—get this—to 82% Sha-LA-ea light. We‘ll crest that golden number of 80 which makes where you can span, or not span yet but go to Median Earth…to 82% ShaLAa, enabling us to biologically enter the MaShaYa [note: sp?] Fold One. This is also the minimum ShaLAa. Now 80 was the percent that they gave on the things as far as being able to go into the MaShaYanic Fold, but they‘re giving us 2% more for something else that we‘re getting to go with that. This is also the minimum Sha-LA-ea light percentage needed to initiate the Call of Aurora. I‘m going, ―What‘s that besides the title you gave me?‖ By workshops end, we will have learned more about the nature, function and usage of the Transvector Aurora Continuum that we just started to learn about in the Sarasota workshop. We‘ll be gifted by the AdonA, Aquafereion, Aquai, ZionA, Aquafari and Ah-JhU-na‟‟ Krystics with the Sacred Sentence Numeric Code of the Aurora Call, the cornerstone of MaShaYanic Elemental Command, which marks our graduation from the Milky Way Melchizedek Priesthoods into the first stages of the M-31 Aquinous Kryst Adashi Ma-Sha‟-Yah-Ha‟-Na, the MaShaYanic Free Priest Caste of the Eckasha Dominions. We‘re getting an upgrade. Wow. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 10 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So, that was new. I had no idea that was coming, and the interesting thing – they only said one thing to me that wasn‘t put in the writing after that, was that, ‗Oh, and by the way, 3 years before he left, that was the ministerial upgrade that Jesheua received and that‘s why he ended up with the AquAelle Matrix.‘ The Melchizedek Priesthoods tend to serve within the 15-dimensional structures, and even within the Ecka structures; but they don‘t tend to go up and beyond that into the Eckasha levels or other levels of consciousness and structures that deal with consciousness there. The Melchizedek Priesthoods are very honorable, and they‘re kind of like – you go through…well, before you get your PhD, you have to get the schooling before it, and the service work in, and the fact that we‘re being invited to become a part of the Eckasha teams, they call them the Ma-Sha‘-Yah-Ha‘-Na. I believe I was really trying hard to get that the last time when I was Myriam, but I didn‘t get there. I died, sort of, first. This was something that a lot of us in other periods before Atlantis were working hard to graduate from. It‘s almost like the Melchizedek Priesthoods, because they‘re dealing with the densities in a certain way, you can get stuck here for long, long periods of time in the Density Matrices as you‘re trying to fulfill your contract; because you make a promise, you‘ve got to fulfill it – even if it takes 5 billion years and it‘s a thing you do with yourself that nobody makes you. There‘s an honor code you carry in yourself, that you clean up your own messes first of all, and you stay to finish what you promised you were going to do in the first place; and that‘s part of the Melchizedek Priesthood Code. That‘s kind of like we carry it inside of ourselves and to get to the point where you get invited to come back home on that level, it means you finished that. Whatever promises you made that had you keeping incarnating back in and ending up in Ascension Schools, being in Egypt or Atlantis or way, way before that, or on other planets before that, the commission of the Melchizedek Priesthood is finished. You‘ve fulfilled that level. It‘s like not clearing a karma, because it wasn‘t a karma, a negative karma. It‘s kind of like a positive karma; but you agree to help the evolution of masses and there‘s. . .a point comes when that job for that wave of people is done, and this is our homecoming call. So, they‘re going to teach us some things about…they haven‘t talked to me either about what is the Call of Aurora, and how they described it here was the Sacred Sentence Numeric Code. I have a little clue of what that might mean. They started to give me their words for their numbers. You know how we can count to 10, say, 1-2-3 or uno, dos, treis, quarto, cinco, seis? You should see these – I don‘t know how they do math with these numbers, but they‘ve given me the beginnings of the word names for the numbers. So not only will we be…as we started to get taught to use the Numeric Codes in vibration by using the drumming and that kind of stuff. Even if you‘re drumming with your feet or your hands, that kind of thing. There‘s also chants that can be used that are kind of like magic words but they‘re actually magic number sequences where you use this particular dialect, and it‘s a very specialized dialect that only the MaShaYanic ones use and have access to. They are giving us the beginning of being able to do that so we can actually use the chants, the alignments, the number alignments not only for what we started in the Sarasota workshop, which allowed us to fulfill that Grand Event there, where we were able to make the time leap into Meta-Galactic Probability-6 Alignment; but we‘re preparing now to make—not only…we‘re in the Meta-Galactic Alignment that we need to stay in until 2012. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 11 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

However what we have to next do is, we have to align the Galactic level and the Solar System level, because there are two levels other. . .you have a Veca level which is your Universal level, then you have the Meta-Galactic level and that is actually the probability level we were shifting when we‘ve been making these probability jumps. Then the next level we have to shift into the right alignment with is the Galactic Shield level, and then into the Solar System Shield level and Planetary Shield level. And, we see these, we‘ll see a bit….It‘s easier to describe this with the diagrams so you can see the structure that we‘re dealing with, and it‘s through understanding these structures that we understand what the Crossover is. In simple terms, it‘s basically a clearing the numeric sequences actually encoded in the DNA and starting with the Epi-Genetic Overlay, which goes with D-3, which goes with the mind training stuff and the Atmic level stuff. We start with the Epi-Genetic Overlay because that actually controls the DNA underneath it, kind of thing. We‘re going to be seeing what the Crossover actually means. It‘s crossing over the base mathematical program that your body is running on; so it‘s not just tied to the Milky Way Galaxy anymore. So it begins to bring back the natural organic codes of the original human form, because the Aquareion people, now the Aquafereion, they were hybrids; but the Aquarian people were the original prototype used for the first humans that were ever created, the Angelic Humans, the Turaneusiam humans that were created over here. So this is literally getting an upgrade that even the first Angelic Humans in this matrix never even had that full level upgrade. So, we‘re getting the original Angelic Human and beyond the Aquarian Codes, back. What these allow us to do is create an alignment between our bodies and the ascension pathways all the way up from the Planet to the Solar System to the Galactic Alignment to the Meta-Galactic Alignment. It‘s at the Meta-Galactic level that we have to actually make the crossover into, from the Milky Way System coding into the coding of M-31 and literally, our…kind of like the Andromeda Call, we get our Andromeda Codes back and this is a really big event, because our Shield needs to do it first, the Aquafereion Shield needs to do it first, because it will begin the process of the NET Earth shield doing it; but we will finalize that. If we weren‘t able to make the shift first within our own bodies and thus within the Shield, we would not be able to assist the NET Earth to complete that same process in the 3 events that will take place in early 2010, which are the ones during FOL workshop, one is during the Easter workshop and one is during the next Hetharo workshop; and they are being held at Siesta Key for a reason, because that is…accesses both the GrU‟al and SG-2, but it also accesses Watchtower and it plugs into the whole Solomon Matrix, so it‘s an important site. I know there‘s a few people saying, ―Do we have to go to the beach again? I hate beaches.‖ And, I‘m sorry that they want it done there; but at least as far as beaches go, that‘s a great one. You might not like beaches; but it is beautiful there as far as beaches go. I‘ve seen a number of beaches, and they usually don‘t have white crystal sand like that does. It‘s absolutely gorgeous. It‘s also not as hot in January, by the way; so it‘s not freezing, but it‘s not where you‘re going to roast to death being on the beach. The May one, it‘ll be probably…like it was, April-May is around the same but, anyway, they want us to do them there because of the grids and the location there. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 12 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

What is interesting too…I wanted to thank the people who sent in the photos again of the ‗Orb-Fest Number 3‘. It was at Sarasota. That one was wild, because lots and lots of people, even I got Orb photos that time. I never get Orb photos! People get photos of orbs over me and around me and around him sometimes, but I never got Orb photos. Even my daughter Zhan gets Orb photos, and she has since Morocco; but I never get Orb photos. Even I got some at that one, so it‘s like there were so many. Company, there was a lot of company in that one, and the little Orbs we‘ve talked about. We‘re starting to see the dimensional interface that is occurring when one set of things like Median Earth is starting to open into our NET Earth, and that‘s where you get the little ones that are kind of like Orb blizzards. It looks like, some of the photos look like there was just a blizzard of Orbs. But, then there‘s the visitors that come with them. Now, we‘ve been taught from Tribes classes on about learning to project. We‘ve learned to project in our Krystar Vehicle, we learned to activate our Rasha Bodies and all of those kind of things. When we project, we orb. Other people in other places see us come in as various shaped and colored Orbs that communicate telepathically with them. Now when we get these Orb pictures, the ones that are not just Orb snow, that they just show the interface of the opening of the gates between the two domains; we are seeing visitors just like ourselves are visitors when we project. Eventually we will be able to go someplace and not just have our consciousness split; we will eventually be able to take our bodies. And the same will occur here, except a lot of the ones who are orbing to visit us can‘t fully manifest here, because they would become very ill very quickly because of the distortions on the planet. There will be points where we can get into the Aurora Zones where certain areas have the ability to shift up part way and other land areas; and certain ones have the ability to shift down and meet and create a manifest platform in between the two spaces, where the type of some encounters can happen; where we can physically meet them at some times. So, what‘s really neat at this point, we‘re collecting the photos that people are getting with only one criteria, that the photos are from workshop. That‘s kind of like a control thing, so anybody says—people are…first of all, a lot of people that try to detract and call us names and that kind of stuff on the internet, they‘re saying, ‗Oh, they‘re just Photo Shopped.‘ No we didn‘t! At least a dozen different people have submitted photos from completely different cameras. Nobody‘s photo- touching these. If they‘re coming from one event, we can explain what that was about. We can say what the framework was, what time it was; there‘s witnesses all over the place, 200 people. So this is why we. . .I‘m sure you can probably get Orb photos by yourselves too, and that‘s cool, but the reason we don‘t want to bring those on is just because we wouldn‘t have the element of explaining context where we could…we want to put together a body of proof and this is the beginning of the proof. One of the amazing things for me about the ‗Orb-Fest‘, the first one was, and that was in St. Kitts, the first one was unexpected. Nobody warned us about it. We had been talking about things in the anatomy and parts of the anatomy that had to do with projecting and orbing, and then all of a sudden it just spontaneously happened. I think one or two people had cameras and they just happened to take pictures of them and go, ―Wow! I got Orbs!‖ So more people started taking pictures. The second time it happened was in St. Kitts on another night and they had kind of nudged us saying that we would probably – ‗bring your cameras, because you‘ll probably get some‘. And sure enough we did! It was more photos that came in that night than the next. They The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 13 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

didn‘t nudge us in Sarasota, but at this point most people that come to Shield things, especially ones that are outdoors, will bring their cameras if they want Orb pictures, because we‘re getting pretty good to the point where you can, you and your friends can, go ―Hah‖ and then have Orbs around, where you can get your classic Orb vacation picture, which I think is lovely. Even your friends, yes. Not all of them embodied at the moment. So, now indoors we don‘t seem to be able to generate as much, but most of the time when we‘re doing stuff indoors we‘re dead tired too. Not to mention we don‘t have a lot of the fresh air. The comfort that we have when we‘re bouncing around out, and our energy, will affect how much we can open the gates between the various places to allow that kind of contact to occur. But, there‘s one lady said – a number of people have sent indoor ones as well where there‘s one…it‘s this big, beautiful blue and pink, huge Orb that was just kind of floating by. These are the lights in the background, and the chairs and that kind of stuff. So there‘s a few that we‘ve also gotten inside. One of the ones that I found most striking was—and I‘ve never seen this before—but you know how we‘ve been taught about putting our Krystar Vehicle on, right? ―Rasha Eira Krystar Now‖ and you get that Krystar Vehicle shape around you. Two of the, one lady submitted a photo with two indoor Orbs in the same photo. They were both shaped like Krystars as opposed to Orbs. I go, ‖Whoa, look at those! Wow!‖ So, they‘re starting to show us something with compiling these photos, and we‘re just putting them in File-13 and keeping them and giving credit to whoever sent them in, just to see where it goes because, I have a feeling, it‘s going to go somewhere. So, anybody that wants to contribute to ‗Orb-Fest‘ at workshops, please feel free! If you want to use a name, not your real name in case they go out some place, you can use your nickname or code name or whatever, if your boss at work might get weirded-out if somebody‘s seeing a publication with you in Orb photos. If you want privacy that‘s fine; it‘s just kind of like a 3-D level of research that we‘re trying to do, but I know the Beloveds are up to something with it. They‘re facilitating this occurring. So, anyway I just wanted to mention about the fact that we‘ve gone from just little Orbs to larger Orbs to blizzard developmental Orbs with accompaniments of larger persons projecting Orbs and now we‘re getting Krystar shaped Orbs. What‘s next? I don‘t know, people shapes maybe? It‘s possible – I mean, eventually I think they would allow us the ability to not just catch them in Orb, but as we grow and our abilities open…and maybe part of this ability-opening is getting, is shifting that Milky Way sheathe off of us where we can get free. We‘ve got our Va-bha-TE‘s prepared; we‘ve done the activations necessary; but now what has to happen to become free from the Milky Way imprint, which is the lock down imprint? That‘s what…it‘s not just the planetary level; this goes all the way up to the Milky Way Galaxy. We can get that original imprint back. Kind of like the sky‘s the limit, or Andromeda‘s the limit. I don‘t know. Anyway, as far as what this workshop is going to look like, I haven‘t a clue; but I think it‘s going to be a good one. And I really appreciate you being supportive of that, because it‘s not an easy process. It takes a lot of gumption to get up in front of 200, 300 people sometimes and say, ‖Hi! Thank you for paying all this money to come and see me at a workshop and take time off work and do terrible, sometimes international flights and all of this stuff. I don‘t know what I‘m teaching yet.‖ Oy! I absolutely – that could make me lose it. It really could, where I could just, ‗I don‘t want to do any of this anymore, I will just write.‘ But that wouldn‘t be fair either. If you guys can be patient with The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 14 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

me, I can be patient with the process too; but I do appreciate the support because the workshops would be great fun if I had it all ready a month in advance: nice color mylars, everything‘s typeset. I could do a vacation week the week before so I would be bright eyed and bushy tailed. I could socialize with everybody during the breaks. That would be my fantasy; but that‘s not what happens at the moment. Hopefully someday it will; but, we will…at least we know we will keep on schedule. Because schedule starts at 8 p.m. and it goes to question mark. So, therefore, there‘s no misleading times, right? Show up at 8, we‘ll show up at 8, and we will take it from there. Something will happen at 8:00 o‘clock. I don‘t know when the breaks are going to be. I don‘t know if we‘re going to see sunrise. Just be forewarned. I have a feeling that part of this too…I felt like this last week; especially I was just grumbling vertically – not at them, just grumbling so they could hear me grumbling. It‘s like, ―Come on, please, just a paragraph? Just a paragraph to put out the week before so people have a clue, so I have a clue what we‘re teaching? They went, ‖It will come. Doesn‘t it always?‖ Yes, it always does. I realized somewhere in there I was getting part of the workshop myself; my own as a participant, where I was being taught to respond differently and I was feeling really, really stressed out by this. I progressively get more stressed out every time we have one of these type of workshops and they… Az: (Inaudible) A‘sha: Yeah, you know that, sniping at everybody, ‖Go away, leave me alone!‖ But I learned, and I‘m laughing right now and this is good, because before I would just be like begging through semiclenched teeth, ‖Just please deal with this with me, because I can‘t stand it either.‖ I‘m learning to shift and they‘ve repeatedly…and they‘re very patient with me. They said, ―We noticed you‘re very stressed out.‖ And I said, ‖Gee, how did you notice? I look like an atom bomb going off in the astral field, that‘s how!‖ They said, ‖We‘re sorry you‘re feeling so stressed.‖ I said, ―Thank you for that. Any suggestions?‖ ―We could talk about it.‖ ―Yes, lets do.‖ So I talked in writing. I‘m writing down incoherent…a lot of those things that you would use for curse words but you don‘t do curse words, you just make funny marks. Not at them, just, ―I can‘t take it any more!‖ And then they get, ‖Do you feel better now?‖ After 4 pages of ranting and raving about this, that and the other thing, I kind of went, ―Humm. Yeah, actually, a little‖ because I vented on paper. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 15 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

They said, ‖Yes, now try breathing; just breathe.‖ Yeah, right; a little bit of deep breathing. And next they said, ‖Now, why don‘t you look at the things that you‘ve written and see where the main areas of stress are coming from?‖ They were all centered around the work and having to deal with the schedule of workshops, and having to come in and having to do these marathons of crash-course-everything, and then go deliver it and all that. They said, ‖Now, there‘s several points in there, if you notice…there‘s several points you can actually de-stress that situation. Do you realize it‘s the way you are perceiving it that is actually causing the stress?‖ I went, ―Yeah. But it‘s not just my stress, it‘s stress about the people that come too.‖ They said, ‖That is their stress.‖ I said, ―OK.‖ They said, ‖First of all, own your own stress and don‘t own anybody else‘s.‖ ―OK‖, I said; ―OK, I‘ll try that. Don‘t know how to do that but I‘ll try that.‖ They said, ‖How are you looking at the fact that this occurs? You‘re looking at the fact that it doesn‘t show up until you all get there as a negative.‖ I said, ―Well, it is. It would be so much nicer if it was organized and all that.‖ They said, ‖Would it? It is the most live, most direct, most personal way that we can communicate with you together. Anybody can write it all down and then go read it, but to have it come live – it comes because of all of you coming together. You could look at this. The more we have to do this, yes, some of it‘s on, a lot of it‘s on security clearance; let that be OK. Have we ever let you down? Have we ever not showed up for a workshop with you?‖ I said, ‖Ah, no, because that would have been my last one – seriously! Nobody would come back for the one after it.‖ ―That‘s a good point.‖ So, they spent the last week…instead of giving me the itinerary that I really, really, wanted or even the title that I really wanted – anything! They were coaching me on how to de-stress myself by changing my perception and changing the words I was using to represent something to myself. So that is part of the mind shift I think for everybody and it‘s not just about workshops. It‘s about life in general. It‘s about how your life is. It doesn‘t mean you don‘t change what you can, but some things are maybe ‗not ideal but perfect‘ as we were talking about; as they are at the moment and you can choose how. If it‘s something you would like to be able to change, maybe sometime you The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 16 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

can change that; but if you can‘t change it right now, you can change your reaction to it, and you can choose to not stress out. You can choose a positive outlook on it. You can choose positive self-speak on it. So I was having my crash course on ‗positive self-speak week‘, because I was letting myself really get to a level of agitation and stressed out-ness over it that I was really ready to quit and write books, because I felt so bad for people coming and me having to say this all the time. So, at this point I think I‘ve at least learned something in my week with the Beloveds on their ‗learning how to de-stress oneself‘ week is that, first of all, it is OK this way. There will be some people that do not think it is and let them have that. They are entitled to that opinion. You don‘t have to be one of them. They told me I don‘t have to be one of the people that has a problem with this, right? Right. ―OK‖, I said, ‖My biggest problem – OK, why do I have a problem with it? It doesn‘t actually bother me. I show up whenever they want me to be there to take stuff down. That‘s my life and that‘s OK with me.‖ What the real stress factor was, is, I realized I was taking on everybody else‘s emotional issues, but not even necessarily. I thought I was taking on everybody else‘s emotional issues, but most of the people weren‘t that worried about it. It was me that was worrying for them, then getting upset at myself because they were upset; but they really weren‘t, but I thought they were, that kind of thing. So there‘s a lot of things in our life we can do this with. I have a feeling we‘re going to get a little bit more on those kind of things; of how to change, take hold of perceptions and actually say, ‖Wait a minute! This perception is not going to control me because right now I‘m feeling yucky about this and building up a lot of emotional energy and don‘t know what to do with it; it makes me feel lousy in my life. I can do something about this.‖ I think they‘re going to give us some information, more information on how to work with that. I think they‘re also going to do something that has to do with, they‘re just showing me again the probability graphs they have me working on. There‘s a period that we have gone through since 2000 that is quite…it‘s been extremely stressful in the planetary grids, in the splitting of the New Age movement, the whole bit that has been going on here, this drama that‘s been unfolding and we, when we see these diagrams we start to understand why; what we were actually in alignment with and when we made this leap into Probability-6, Meta-Galactic Probability-6 Alignment which means we‘re aligned with the encryption with that probability. We‘re still Milky Way; but at least we‘re Probability-6. We started out in Probability-1. If we hadn‘t leaped, this would have been a mess. It is a mess in those probabilities, so we‘ll be able to see a little bit of where some of the other levels of stress come. Not the self-created ones so much, but the ones that are environmentally created. When I saw these diagrams they‘re showing me, what‘s aligned with what and where we were, I‘m amazed we survived, I really am. What‘s nice is we have this window of freedom that began with this last leap in the last workshop that is a time that there is more grid support than there has been for over 24,000 years actually. So, we should have a bit more of support with us now. It‘s an underlying thing. You‘ll still have issues in your life and the things you need to work on and change, and if you can look at those as growing experiences, like, ―I‘m supposed to be learning something from this and somewhere some The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 17 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

part of me knows what it is.‖ So, you let it be OK and you just try to work with your own inner self, higher self; that part of yourself that‘s connected with Spirit, to get an idea of what the little areas in your life are. Because now you will have the underpinning of frequency support that we are all actually fighting against its opposite for a long time now. Not just us in. . .since 2000, that have come and been a part of the Aquafereion Shield but for 24,000 years, 24,000 something years back, we have been stuck in one Probability Alignment that was literally in direct alignment with the Black Hole systems. It‘s amazing that we weren‘t‘ pulled in before, and when I saw those diagrams it helped me to understand, really, the scope of what we‘re a part of here, and how long this has been going on. It was kind of like…for me it was like one of those moments of humility; you just feel so honored that you‘re trusted to be a part of something that huge, because this is big. So we‘ll show you the probability things. For different reasons, for various reasons, it will be important to understand the alignments. Most of what‘s important about the alignments will help us to understand where we are now and where we need to move in those alignments, and how to begin to understand how to do that moving. It‘s frequency moving, but where we need to be for 2012. We need to be able to hold the Host, and the first thing is getting through this year and next year because that is that Essential Alignment, the Crossover Alignment, That is literally the crossing over from the coding from the Milky Way into the M-31 coding as your Base Core Encryption, and if we can do it then we can get part of the NET Earth Shield to do it. And, if we don‘t do it, nobody‘s going to bring those codes back into NET Earth and these gates are not going to make it through in 2012. They will crash and the host will be lost on NET Earth. So it is huge, the commission we‘re being asked to carry here. I just sometimes feel a bit overwhelmed by it. I feel like a little rain drop in an ocean kind of thing, but I feel like it‘s an ocean filled with warm, fuzzy cuddly, very loving Krystic beings that are everywhere and there really are. Some people say, ‖Oh yeah, they‘re up there and they‘re out there‖ – But you know what? They‘re here too. People like you guys that care, that come and learn with me, and listen, and listen vertically, and have your connections…and there‘s a lot of other people that don‘t get a chance to come to workshops or don‘t even know we exist here on planet right now that are doing the same. For as much of the negative we‘ve had to open our eyes to see in this world, there‘s also something that‘s equally important to not forget: there is still an awful lot of love left here. There is a lot of goodness left in people, and they might be people that have been messed with for eons and generations and generations. They might be right now believing in dogmas that keep them imprisoned because they really don‘t know any better, but what they do still have is the ability to love. And they love deeply, and they will honor that love for God in whatever way they best can wrap their minds around, and some people can wrap their minds around big concepts of God. We teach large concepts of God here. We teach God and science together, physics and spirituality together. That‘s a bit much for a lot of people, it really is and that‘s OK. So, I think it‘s important and because it can be so…I know I‘ve gone through periods with the next level of revelation and just go, ‖Oh God, I don‘t want to know any more!‖ Because you get all this negative stuff about the Metatron and about this and about Black Holes and it‘s like, ‖Great, yep; I just don‘t want to be here anymore!‖ But the Shield‘s here and I won‘t leave them here. I‘m moving out of that. They‘re helping me to grow out of that, where they keep teaching me, ‖You need to The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 18 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

enjoy here while you‘re here, because once you‘re out of here…the big thing about being here is, you‘re afraid you‘re not going to get out of here. If you realized you could walk through a gate tomorrow and walk into Utopia, but you might not be able to walk back over, don‘t you think you might decide to hang out for a little while and enjoy some of the nicer things that are here, and help things that you might want to nurture that you care about here?‖ If we knew that, without a doubt, that we could get through, if we knew we could come back, it would be fun. Because I would want to live there and visit here; but, if you could get through but the gates were going to close and you might not be able to come back, but the gates weren‘t closed yet…there‘s a time where we can enjoy the beauty that is still here. The beauty in the planet, the beauty in the people that do carry beauty and grace with them here. So they‘re trying to lead us into that kind of…the last sentiment to hold in serving as a planetary steward is to…with all the craziness and the negative stuff that might have been part of that drama for the last millions of years, there‘s still the good. It is still there, and just embrace as much of that as possible. Choose to de-stress. Choose to not react to things negatively. Choose to choose differently. If you find your emotions going ―Ahhhh! Grrrrr! Wait a minute. I‘m not going to waste my emotional energy on this nonsense anymore!‖ I had to tell me how to talk to myself and say, ―OK‖. I had some really good talks with myself this week. ―No I will not waste my emotional energy on that.‖ ―I am not upset at all.‖ ―I am not going to be upset.‖ Then also they said…because I tend to do these things where I will go for like three days and barely shower, or I will shower if people are going to be near me but if nobody‘s going to be near me I will sometimes just work through three days straight, and just curl up in a ball in a blanket on the floor and sleep and then wake back up, have a pack of crackers by me just so I can munch on crackers. I don‘t take care of myself. One of the things they‘re teaching me now is, ‖Look. You‘re supposed to last a while longer. You need to take a bit of time to take care of yourself. You know, like do a soaky bath in the evening, because it helps your swollen knees to un-swell.‖ Just little things like that, and it‘s not just advice to me. It‘s advice to all of us. They are, with this commission that they just let me know about, of graduating from the Melchizedek Priesthood, there‘s a whole different level of carrying oneself and one‘s consciousness that goes with this. Somewhere we have the potential there or we wouldn‘t have been invited, but I will learn this with you. A part of this is honoring our own selves as well. A lot of people who care to go to workshops have a very deep caring thing in general inside of them. They tend to let everything run them over, where they‘ll take care of the dog, the cat, the person, the boss at work, the everybody else, but don‘t give a lot of time to themselves. They‘re too busy doing that, or making that perfect, or fixing that – you know, the fixers of the world. Tends to go with the Guardian pattern. We have this need to ‗fix it, help it, save it‘ complex. We need to take time, a little bit of time, for ourselves. That doesn‘t mean I‘m going to go up and soak in a bathtub while you‘re waiting three hours past when I was supposed to show up. No, I won‘t do that. The most I will do is I realize I cannot go in public without that 5 minute shower. I will do that much out of respect for you. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 19 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

There‘s more to come on mental shift because this is about mental body shift; but the next level of mental body shift and as we learn, and I was quite surprised when we had the first Sliders workshop, Sliders-1, which was preparing the mind for Slide, I figured it was going to be about changing your perspectives and getting control, that kind of thing. I had no idea about the Aah-JhA‘ Body, the Penta-gor‘ian Flows. ‖Oh my God! Oh that‘s what mental beginner level is!‖ So I can hardly wait to see what mental body intermediate level looks like. I, after I get done, if I ever get done with these probability diagrams, I‘m wondering if there‘s an anatomy section that plugs into this too. So, I don‘t know, but I do know in Sliders-1 I had a little bit to do with what I thought it would be mental bodywise, but it went completely on a tangent of telling us all these huge things about our anatomy structures and how atoms formed, and through us, and solar symbiosis…so, this could be a very enlightening workshop. We just have no idea what that‘s going to look like, but by Monday, this is how I always get through. I have this joke, I go, ―Is it Monday yet?‖ It‘s the only way I survive. I project myself to Monday to get through these. Now at least I‘m doing it with a sense of humor. I think this will be more fun though, because something has shifted. I can‘t put my finger on it, but I feel like a bit of a healing in that stress that I tend to carry with me around workshops. Because it‘s part of that ‗have to please everybody‘ principle thing; because I like everybody to be happy and I really don‘t like anybody to be unhappy with me, and I get a bit wimpy with that and get too affected by all of that and stress myself out. Something must be healing a bit, because I‘m sitting here joking with you about it. It doesn‘t mean I‘m going to abuse your time and, anyway, what? Excuse me, incoming. Tell them about the what? ‗Think crystal‘; yeah, OK. All right, they‘re giving me, they‘re teasing me here. They‘re saying, ―Tell them about that.‖ There‘s something we‘re going to talk about at some point…has to do with something that we saw during the Sarasota workshop. A couple of us, I think, saw it. It wasn‘t anything on the beach at Siesta Key. It wasn‘t during a group anything. It was after—I forget which day it was; I think it was two different days I saw it. So it doesn‘t really matter, but we were walking outside after a workshop session and all of a sudden it was like around the building, just the hotel building, there was like an etched Krystal outline, as if there were two layers of buildings. I remember, ―What is that?‖ Kind of like, ‖Are we seeing this on the inside or the outside or both?‖ ―Both‖, was the answer. It was, there was some kind of…it was like a crystalline understructure, as if I was starting to be able to see this crystalline effect around…it looked kind of like milky white maybe Ectoplasm or something, Krystal structure that was in the structure of the building, as if the building had been made of that first and then the matter stuck to it, that kind of thing. They just said, ‖Mention that.‖ Because I guess that has something to do with some of the things we‘re going to learn, that might have to do with Atmic constructs, mental body constructs. OK. They‘re teasing me now, right, us. I think we‘re going to talk a little bit about what is that effect, and maybe this is the next part of anatomy we‘re going to learn about, because I only had a clue that it existed; because only twice for a very brief period, maybe four or five minutes, which is The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 20 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

not too brief. It wasn‘t just a flash and gone. It was actually, I was seeing this and my physical eyes were seeing it too, but I realized, ‗If you took it – well, maybe if I didn‘t try to take a picture…. gee, maybe I should.‘ It just dawned on me. So if you took a picture, it probably wouldn‘t be there; but maybe it would have been. But, it was something that was bleeding through that is a normal part of structure. When you see a structure like a table, it‘s as if there‘s a layer where it‘s all made of Krystal, where it looks like it‘s made of Krystal, Krystal Light, and then the atoms follow that imprint. I think we‘re going to learn more about what that is; and it probably has something to so with the Ah-VE‘-yas Body, because they said that this was part of the Ah-VE‘-yas Body Training. So, anyway, I‘m sharing with you guys as it comes in, pieces of what we might be learning. I think that‘s probably enough for an orientation. I love orientations. They‘re like disorientations and that‘s OK. They make sense within themselves in general, and by the end of the workshop they tend to make sense with whatever it was we learned. I‘m getting this too: that part of the way that workshops have evolved, we‘re actually getting a different type of training that actually affects us on different levels of our self, where we‘re used to being locked into a logical, linear orderly type of pulsing energy, of following energy pulses. There‘s something in the structure where you can still have structure, but it‘s a more looselystructured structure that actually has to do with organizations that come down naturally from the larger levels of spirit and those kind of things where, if we get really rigidly locked in to A-B-C-D-E which—oh I love that! I love to have section 1A,B, section 2A,B,C. I love to have it cleanly organized for my little brain to process, but there is something that we‘re learning just from the pattern that evolves in these workshops themselves, and it can be uncomfortable sometimes, especially if there‘s new people with us today, which I believe there are and you‘ve not been to a workshop before. Well, for some reason you got guided to go to, to come to one that‘s going to be a night time one, and I hope that‘s OK. The best thing I can suggest is: please, use some of the daytime hours to take a nap and get some sleep. Plus, it‘s OK, nobody gets upset with you if you do fall asleep during workshops. We‘ve had snoring workshops before. That was only when we were doing activations that you didn‘t have to stay awake for. If you were there you would get the activations anyway if you wanted them. I remember that was a Phoenix one too, a number of years ago; but on the tape it was so loud you could hear the (snoring noise). It was like a chorus of people snoring on the floor which was…. One thing I think about these workshops is we always learn something new, and they tend to be fun. At least they look like they‘re fun. I don‘t get to have much fun because I‘m doing my job thing, and Az doesn‘t get to have much fun either, but you guys seem to have a lot of fun even though the hours are weird and stuff. It looks like it‘s fun and I hope they are. I would like them to become more fun and I‘ve asked the Beloveds, ‖Can we please make it more fun for people, me too, Az too?‖ So, we‘re working on that: but, just, everybody welcome! And we will, I know that mac has scheduled catch-up techniques and stuff for tomorrow. Az: (inaudible; something about times?) As: Yeah; OK, yeah…I‘m not sure. Mac will have to announce that. Where is mac? Is mac there? Hi mac. You want to talk to them about the news or do they already know? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 21 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Mac: (inaudible) A‘sha: OK, so I‘ll let you talk to them about that right after I say good bye. Mac: (inaudible) A‘sha: OK, starting at 1? Az: Do we have enough time to do that? Mac: (inaudible) Az: Do you have any kind of comfort break in between……..? A‘sha: Yeah, they‘ll need a comfort break. Mac: …..Sliders 1 & 2, right? A‘sha: Yeah. The same ones we did at the Sarasota ones, because they‘re the ones you need the activations for to be able to pick up the next levels. Mac: (inaudible) A‘sha: Yeah, and again, people that have done these in group shield before, you don‘t have to go to those catch-up ones, but people who have not done these techniques in group shield, you need to do them if you care about being able to anchor in your body the activations that come through at this workshop. Eventually we‘ll get to a point where we don‘t have to do the whole series of them, but they do this a lot with the beginnings. We just started like—there are some people that could actually hold it if they just did it by themselves, but for the majority of people you won‘t be able to build enough frequency unless you‘ve gone through with the amplification factor of the group shield once. So it‘s worth going through them, even if you did them on the DVDs or something before, If it wasn‘t in the power of group shield, which is like exponential. It just raises everybody‘s ability, just because everybody kind of creates kinetic energy together and it builds the energy. So, and again if people that have done them want to go, you can also go if you‘ve done them before; it doesn‘t mean you can‘t go, but it‘s – you don‘t have to, but if you do want to catch the activations, you‘ve had to have done them at least once. Hopefully we‘ll get to a point where there‘s one, quick easy one, takes five minutes, everybody‘s got it, no problem. It hasn‘t worked that way yet. So, anyway, it‘s 1:00 o‘clock for the technique catch ups. Oh, there‘s one I think you need to do for me Sunday. The one they did at Sarasota with the sheet with the drumming on the self, the birthday ones. You can run that, right? Az: Yeah, all right.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 22 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘sha: On Sunday, yeah. All right; there‘ll be another catch-up one on Sunday, whatever time. We‘ll see if mac‘s doing anything that day or not. But, for the people who weren‘t at the Sarasota workshop we… they introduced something that‘s part of the back-run regenesis, DNA regenesis, where you actually use the drum codes that are drawn from your birthday leap years, and literally just you use your hands to vibrate them into your body. If you haven‘t done those, we will do a round of that for you and give you the sheets that go with it, because there‘s a sheet that you use to tally up-- see how the numbers work, and how to tally up what your number sequence is So we will be running one of those too for people that haven‘t been at the Sarasota workshop. OK, what‘s this? Az: These are other scheduling announcements. Level 1-2 ordinations will be at 5:30 tomorrow, is that right, Saturday, yeah? Dinner is in three different locations. Is that first come, first serve stuff? I mean, people are not assigned to a location or anything, just go….well, that‘s going to be fun. Dinner will be in three places, the atrium, the sunrise room and the restaurant between 6:30 and 7:30. OK? And then finally on Sunday at 5:30pm will be the Regent Level Ordinations, Okey dokey? A‘sha: Yep, and workshop starts, official program workshop part starts, at 8 p.m. tomorrow evening after dinner, and the same will be for Sunday, and who knows what time it will go to in the morning. If you want to bring something to keep yourself comfortable with, like a pillow or something, that‘s fine; but if you do bring pillows or blankets—I can‘t tell you to bring pillows or blankets because the hotel might get very upset with me for bringing them out of the rooms. If you have pillows or blankets with you and you want to bring them, that‘s OK for the evening sessions. Since both sessions are going to be evening sessions, just a suggestion, because we do care about you being as comfortable as possible. I don‘t know if we‘ll be able to do any of the laydowns, because we have to be careful of the fire codes and that kind of stuff. I don‘t know if this room is large enough to do the lay-downs with this many bodies. We‘ll have to see if we‘ll be able to do any of that for the techniques; so, well see. Az: We have about 200. A‘sha: I think we can, yeah; because that one there was quite a bit more people, at the one where everybody was stepping on everybody. Az: (inaudible) A‘sha:Yeah, we were almost 300 people that one time and it was in this room, wasn‘t it? Yeah, where there was no… you couldn‘t even make aisles for people to walk over. People were getting stepped on. I said, ―Wait a minute, this is not cool. This is not safe.‖ So we‘re aware of that and being careful now, right? Az: (inaudible) A‘sha: OK, all righty, OK. So, anyway, we will see you tomorrow evening and thank you for being here and I hope you have a great time. See you tomorrow. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 23 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Saturday Technique Sequence [Audio Track 2] A‘zah I‘ve got to get on with a job, with my instructions, but this is a pattern we‘ve seen before, and that means there are a lot of patterns we‘ve all seen and experienced before. Isn‘t it funny that this is preparing the mind, or the brain, or the inner child, the thing that tells us what is ―best for us‖, but it doesn‘t really understand what the options are so we just struggle to think of something better. We were talking about it on the way back to the room last night, this very thing, as often it‘s a pattern that we‘ve experienced a bit, where I‘m not blowing any trumpet of mine, but it seems more and more often in conversation that what seemed to be simple utterances of my own, not being false or in my humility but it‘s true and we were talking to Ash about that very thing. About the brain tends to resist any alternative in that you provide it with one, and judging by what‘s emerged through the charts today, we‘re going to be seeing quite a lot of brain and hearing a lot about what we do to help it to broaden its horizons, look forward to all of the delightful tomorrow‘s and places we only dream of right now and sometimes reach in a feeling way. Anyway, usual story is that we‘re behind promised time. We have to get certain things done rather than leave them into the early hours of the morning when there is activation that we have to do. We need to get the Shield charged and your individual Field charged and so on. So, it‘s a nobrainer that I break out. I‘ve been doing my end of the kitchen sink so to speak. And I‘ve got the mylars and the Masters to a point where I can break out and you know, shower up and come and do this little bit and then I‘ve got to rush back and finish off the full Mylar set when Ash gets herself ready to come and talk to you all. So, what we have to do is to get you a little bit in a concentrated way, connected with your Ah-VA‟-yas…familiars I would say really, in order that, that part is complete before we get to the activation later on in the whole proceedings. So what the Beloveds have suggested we do, or I do, we do, is to deal with the technique that came out of Sarasota, which only those people that attended Sarasota will be aware of. And just as a matter of interest, how many of you on a hand-show were at Sarasota? So roughly, yeah, better than half, maybe close to half, something like that. Well, just bear with, and it won‘t do you any harm whatsoever either, to just get pumped up as a result of running through this new technique. It will be a part of the Sarasota package, and then I did my best to record this on the CD, which will be in the pack too. Anyway, I will read the footnotes and the side-notes, which I didn‘t incorporate into the CD because I think when you‘re in technique mode you really want to concentrate on where the technique is trying to take you, and what you‘re supposed to be thinking about. And I tend not to like reading those things on the CD, but tonight I will do that. OK, so, what we‘re dealing with is the Aurora Continuum Time-Travel Technique # 1- General Application Parts A and B. And we‘ll concentrate initially on doing parts A and B and then there are some footnotes which are in fact practical exercises to assist people who would like to either experience more, to feel more confident in their direct cognition, or people who still struggle to connect with the confidence and the aspect of self that is connected as we know it is, but don‘t actually have the filling-in-the-sandwich so to speak happening quite yet. But it really is there and it‘s sometimes tough to provide self-support and to think positively about it when in fact the thing that you crave most is not really happening. Sometimes having a deep attachment to ―its The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 24 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

happening‖ at all actually tends to have adverse effects in bringing it on a little bit. One needs to be quite relaxed about that and just know that it really is there. Anyway, so I will read the side-notes but I won‘t read through the short version because this thing is supposed to be repeated on 33-consecutive days. The first time you do it you do the longversion through, and tonight will count, for those of you that have not done it at all, but you should ideally use the short-run version for the correct number of subsequent nights and succession before you go be-byes; sleep. Right. So, we begin with the Aurora Continuum Time-Travel Technique # 1 – Part A.

Technique This is Part A of entering the Aurora Continuum and it is entitled: Ah-VE‟-yas Breathing. Part A is a 12-Step Long-Run version, ―Clearing the Cal-Sheath and Progressively Restoring Atomic Integrity to Maintain and Increase the personal Sha-LA-ea Living Light Quotient.‖ Preparation is simple, which consists of using 3 quick rounds of the “Krystar Breath”. And the instruction here is just a little bit different than I think most people are accustomed to using because the tendency is to use ―RaSha-Eira-Krystar Now‖ all in one breath, almost as if that was happening on the Inhale, and the way that the update on this is to use the “RaSha-Eira-Krystar” on the Inhale, and “Now” on the Exhale, OK. So you can use 3 rapid breaths following that pattern, ―RaSha-Eira-Krystar‖ now on the Inhale, sorry, and ―Now‖ on the Exhale; excuse me. At the same time push your Krystar Vehicle outward around your physical body. Now the technique begins next with calling to mind the image of the Sha-LA-ea Light Unit with its tri-veca-3- interlocked-spheres configuration and its small central ―atom‖. Now, focus your attention upon the top sphere. This is known as the Ah-VE‟-yas Aqua-gel sphere. Just breath easy while you‘re doing this. Just image a Tri-Veca. Small central atom…‖central‖ means an atom in the middle where the 3 overlap. Now, imagine or visualize the billions of materialized atoms that make up your physical body and the ―invisible‖ dimensional atomic layers that make up the layers of your Bio-energetic Field, Light Body, the ElumEir-adhonna Spirit Body and Aah-JhA Hydro-Acoustic Body. Now, turn your attention to the billions of Sha-LA-ea Light Units, one surrounding each materialized atom, that are implied by the existence of each materialized atom. Focus your attention upon the billions of Ah-VE‟-yas Aqua-gel top spheres of the Sha-LA-ea units. Each materialized atom is accompanied by a singular Ah-VE‘-yas ―top sphere‖ within the Aurora Continuum, between the Outer and Middle-Domain Light-Bodies of the KalE Hara Body. Next, imagine or visualize that you have a 2nd Body and a Bio-Field that looks just like your materialized atomic body and Bio-field, but is made up of billions of Pale-Aqua-Blue Aqua-gel AhVE‟-yas units. This is your Endoplasmic Vibratory Ah-VE‟-yas Body or ―Vibratory Water-gel The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 25 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Body‖. Your Ah-VE‘-yas Body exists within the Aurora Continuum between the materialized atomic planes of the outer Probability Dominions and the core atomic planes of the central Actuality Dominions. Now, move your awareness into your atoms. And then, do your best to sense the ―spaces between your atoms‖. And, continue moving your awareness into, through and behind the ―spaces between your atoms‖ to get a feeling of the presence of your ―Ah-VE‘-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body‖. Take a few breaths whilst doing your best to connect with the feeling of sensing the spaces between your own atoms. And, moving your awareness into, through and behind the ―spaces between your atoms‖. Continue to breathe gently and notice that there is a dim, orange-brown glow. This dim, orangebrown glow is of inorganic Gharoche energy sludge surrounding each of your physical atoms. This inorganic sludge creates a ―Veil Membrane‖ called the CaL-Sheath, which is an electromagnetic harness. It‘s made of inorganic calorenes, and these exist between your materialized atoms and your Ah-VE‘-yas Aqua-gel Body. Now, continue to breathe gently and notice as best you can the dim, orange-brown glow of the inorganic Gharoche energy. This stuff and the CaL-Sheath causes the organic Tri-veca structure of Sha-LA-ea Light Units to mutate into the polarized Bi-veca structure of the Shona-Dead-Light Units, which in turn distort the structure and polarity of materialized atoms. The mutated atoms of the atomic body and their corresponding Shona-Light Units can engage regenesis and heal, to become Living Light Sha-LAea structures, through reconnection of the atomic body and the organic Ah-VE‟-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body within the Aurora Continuum. So, to begin reconnection of your atomic body and your Ah-VE’-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body, Inhale into the AzurA at the Thymus Gland, and at the top of the Inhale draw the breath from the AzurA down to the Karanadis Seal near the bottom of your breast bone. Hold the breath momentarily at the Karanadis Seal. Next, Exhale slowly and deeply from the AzurA using the Exhale to push a “Flood Wave” of Pale-Aqua-Living-Water-Hydrolase from the Water Seed in your AzurA outward through all of the cells and atoms of your atomic body. Now, repeat that simple process by taking several AzurA “Inhale-Exhale” breaths, using each Exhale to saturate the ―Orange-brown Gharoche‘ sludge CaL-Sheath‖ around your atoms with Pale-Aqua-Living-Water-Hydrolase. And, we have to have some other assistance, a little impression will be transferred here in order that you can call to mind the 2 Staah-LEi‟-yah translation, Translocation Codes, introduced at Sarasota Workshop, which I‘m not able to show you. So, I‘ve asked for a little help and you have The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 26 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

what you need. One is the “E-mah‟-RA Elephant Code” and your other is the “ShU‟ Yhan, the Flaming Rose Code”. Take a final Inhale, hold at the AzurA, and visualize or intend the image of the 2 Staah-LEi‟-yah Codes as strongly as possible, positioned in your AzurA. And just intend that these 2 Codes are now positioned in your AzurA, even though some of you have never seen them. Exhale firmly from the AzurA using the breath to push billions of copies of the 2 Staah-LEi‟-yah Codes, riding on a Pale-Aqua-Living-Water-Hydrolase Flood-Wave, outward through all of the cells and atoms of your atomic body, and into the ―CaL-Sheath sludge‖ surrounding your atoms. And when you feel done, just breathe gently, and observe a mild fizzing sensation, a little like Alka-Seltzer buzzing away in water, occurring all around your atoms as the 2 Staah-LEi‘-yah Codes progressively dissolve the inorganic “CaL-Sheath Gharoche‘ Membrane” atomic harness. After a short period of this atomic fizzing sensation, become aware of a new one, which corresponds to your atoms having suddenly loosened and relaxed, allowing for the spaces between the atoms to become larger and more detectable. Just take a few more relaxed breaths, have the mirror they‘re loosening tension and increasing relaxation, reflecting the expansion of the spaces between your atoms. Next, Inhale slowly and deeply while feeling the Inhale Breath enter into all of the spaces between your atoms. Feel the breath pass between the atoms as a warm, soothing Back-FlowWave of invisible air. Hold at the top of the Inhale. And, sense the billions of Ah-VE‘-yas ―top spheres‖ of your Ah-VE‘-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body in the Aurora Continuum. Absorb this warm, soothing Back-Flow-Wave of invisible air. Now, Exhale slowly, and feel the Ah-VE‘-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body begin to gently vibrate, as it releases a “Back-Flow-Return” Wave of warm, soothing, Aqua Air back outward and into the electron-rings surrounding the nucleus of each atom in your atomic body. Now, take several more of these “Inhale-Back-Flow / Exhale-Back-Flow-Return” Ah-VE‟-yas Body Breathing Rounds while sensing the airflow circulating steadily back and forth through the spaces-between-your-atoms. And, feeling the warm, soothing Aqua-Air of the Back-FlowReturn progressively building and amplifying within the electron-rings of all of your atoms. So, having completed the 12-Steps of Part-A in future, from this evening onward, you may engage Ah-VE‟-yas Breathing at any time simply by utilizing Steps 10, 11 and 12, which is where you Inhale slowly and deeply and feel the Inhale breath enter all the spaces between your atoms. And, then to continue through the Inhale/ Exhale sensory breathing, where the soothing Aqua-Air of the Back-Flow-Return is happening, and building and amplifying. Now, that‘s essentially one part, almost one half of the shorthand 7-step, when the whole thing is done. Now, to use this Breathing Technique assists in easing fatigue, calming (your) emotions, recharging energy levels, harmonizing the mind-body-spirit system and facilitating healing and/or The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 27 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

manifesting, or that is in Materializing objectives. And, aside from that, it‘s a pre-requisite to engaging Part B, obviously, the 33-Day Staah-LEi‟yas Bio-filter Shift and Edonic Awakening. And that is what we are about to do. Before we do it though, I‘ve been asked to read the notes. So, the purpose of Part B, the 33-Day Staah-LEi‘yas Bio-filter Shift and Edonic Awakening, which is subtitled: Engaging the Jha-DA‟ Body; Slide-1 Bi-location into the Aurora Continuum, which consists of “Entering the Trans-Time Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum and Perceiving from the Transcendental Jha-DA State”. And this is the state the Beloveds wanted us to get you into before the activation occurs later on. Now, how this works at its most full and most powerful is a progression over 33-consecutive nights, which are not critical for our purposes this weekend. So, when used following Part A, which we‘ve just finished, each night before sleep, for a period of 33-consecutive nights…that‘s the short run version for nights 2, for nights 2-33…this Technique-1 Part-B will progressively assist to activate within the DNA/RNA/EGO and to open within the neuro-network structure the Round-3/ Probability-6 Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms corresponding to the Aurora Continuum. Activating and opening the Round-3/ Probability-6 Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms creates a “Bio-filter Shift” out of the Round-1/ Probability-4 NET Earth Field, progressively transmuting the Probability-4 Bio-Net Control Filters. Now, if it isn‘t obvious when we‘re talking about shifting out of the NET Earth Field, we‘re talking about shifting out the things that actually are responsible for the Epi-genetic Overlay and all the difficulties we have sometimes with managing our brains and its persistent need to follow certain thought patterns that get in the way of allowing more expansive consciousness to be a part of our living reality. If I wanted to paraphrase what I‘ve just said to you, that‘s what it‘s talking about…just to be very clear. Now, these Net Control Filters keep the embodied consciousness chemically phase-locked into NET Earth Probability-4 perceptual fields. As the Probability-4 Bio-Net Control Filters are progressively disengaged from the Ah-VE’-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body and corresponding atomic body, the NET Earth Probability-6 and Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms, and their inherent Middle-Earth Actuality Dominion Edonic Code are activated in synchronization, creating an “unbroken linear perceptual passage” through the Probability-4 to Probability-6 Time-Shift-Leap. As the Probability-6 Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms progressively activate and replace the Probability-4 Bio-Net Control Filters as the active encryption for materialization, the NET Earth Probability-4 bio-chemical perceptual-phase-lock progressively unlocks, allowing the reality fields of the NET Earth Probability-6 and the Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum and Middle-Earth to progressively enter the bio-chemical systems and perceptual range of the embodied consciousness. Thus, progressively enabling one to become more consciously aware of personal, group and mass activities taking place within the Round-3/ Probability-6 Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum and Middle-Earth Actuality Dominion.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 28 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Once the 33-consecutive nights of the Probability Co-ordinate Alignment Phase have been accomplished, the activated Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms can be sustained and progressively enhanced thereafter, through use of the 7-Step Short-Run version, 3 times per week prior to sleep. And, use of this Long-Run version, that‘s both Parts A and B, prior to sleep once every 33-days. Eventually, with consistent practice, and the time period will be different for each person, the newly developing neuro-networks associated with the Aurora Continuum Biological Frequency Platforms will enter physical materialization and remain open, allowing the Jha-DA‟ Body projection into the Aurora Continuum and elsewhere, to occur instantaneously with simple thought intention: An Ah-VE’-yas Breath Inhale into the spaces between your atoms to lock onto your Jha-DA‘ Body, and an Ah-VE’-yas Breath Exhale to expand your Jha-DA‘ Body out into the Aurora Continuum or wherever you desire. There is a footnote that you should be aware of, which reads: the Round-3/ Probability-6 Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum are being utilized by the Krystics of the Krystal River Host as the Primary Meeting Planes for interaction with Krystic races and your personal Slide Team. At first, these Aurora Continuum Planes will be used to develop and enhance skills in Slide-1 Jha-DA‟ Body Bi-location, through which personal direct-cognition communication and projection skills can be progressively enhanced through personal dream-state and conscious-projection interaction with your Slide-Team members. In the future, once further communication/ projection skills and Bio-atomic capacities have been developed, the Round-3/ Probability-6 Aurora Continuum Transcendental Planes will be the Space-Time coordinates used for Slide-2 Translocation. First, into the ―Middle-Earth” Edonic Actuality Dominion and the Inter-dimensional Association of Free Worlds, ―Seat of Edon‖, “City of the Crystal Temples”, Solomon‘s Shield/ Ah-VE‘-yas Watchtower “Cathedral City and Regenesis/ Educational Complex” located there, as in ―all located there‖, and later, to the Outer Domain Median-Ascension-Earth. That, all of that said, we turn to Part-B: The 33-Day Staah-LEi‟yas Bio-filter Shift and Edonic Awakening (Engaging the Jha-DA‟ Body; Slide-1 Bi-location into the Aurora Continuum). So, next we begin by Inhaling rapidly and firmly, completely filling our lungs with air and holding momentarily at the top of the Inhale. The Exhale is slow, and on completion hold momentarily at the bottom of the Exhale. Next, Inhale quickly, then Exhale quickly and take several more Inhale/ Hold, Exhale/ Hold quickened Ah-VE’-yas Breathing Rounds at a more rapid pace, while sensing the corresponding “Quickening” of the Ah-VE‟-yas Circulation Air-Flow, as it circulates more rapidly back and forth through the spaces between your atoms, rapidly and progressively building and amplifying the warm, soothing Aqua-Air of the Back-Flow-Return within the electron-rings of all of your atoms. As you continue, feel for a sense of building heat rising up within your atoms as you continue the ―Quickened‖ Ah-VE‘-yas Breathing Rounds.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 29 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

When you feel or sense this “building atomic heat”, then take a final slow Inhale. Momentarily hold at the top, and then Exhale slowly and deeply. And just take a few, relaxed breaths before we go on. Just breathe easily and I‘ll describe to you what we‘re going to do next, which consists in our working with several “slow, short and shallow” Inhale/ Exhale breaths. And we take these breaths while calling to mind the image of the Tri-veca Sha-LA-ea Light Unit, but with your attention focused upon the “2 bottom spheres” of the Ah-VA‟-yas Electro…that‘s the Ah-VA‟-yas, not VE’yas, Electro-Thermo-gel spheres. So, what I‘d like you to do now is to take several “slow, short and shallow” Inhale/ Exhale breaths calling to mind the image of the Tri-veca Sha-LA-ea Light Unit, focusing your attention upon the 2 bottom spheres, the Ah-VA’-yas Electro-Thermo-gel spheres. Please proceed with that. Just slow, short and shallow Inhale, hold, Exhale, hold, all of it short and shallow…focus your mind on the Tri-veca Sha-LA-ea Light Unit and your attention on the 2 bottom spheres. And moving from there, continue to breathe the short, shallow style, turn your attention to the billions of Sha-LA-ea Light Units, one each, surrounding each materialized atom, that are implied by the existence of each materialized atom. Focus your attention upon the billions of Ah-VA’-yas Electro-Thermo-gel bottom spheres of the Sha-LA-ea Light Units. Each materialized atom is accompanied by a “Phase Set”…continue the slow, shallow breathing…a “Phase Set” of 2 Ah-VA‟-yas “bottom spheres” within the MiddleDomain-Light-Body ManA Field of the KalE Hara Body. Each Electro-Thermo-gel “bottom sphere” “Ah-VA’-yas Phase Set” of the Middle-Domain-Light-Body is connected to a singular AhVE‟-yas Aqua-gel ―top sphere” within the Aurora Continuum. As you continue rounds of “slow, short and shallow” Inhale / Exhale breaths, imagine or visualize that you have a ―3rd Body and Bio-field‖ that looks just like your materialized atomic body and Bio-field and your Ah-VE’-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body, but this 3rd Body is made up of billions of Pale-Blue and Pale-Violet Electro-Thermo-gel Ah-VA‟-yas unit Phase-Sets. This is your Ecto-plasmic Oscillatory Ah-VA‟-yas Body or “Oscillatory Thermo-gel Vapor-Light Body”. Your Ah-VA‘-yas Body exists within the Middle-Domain-Light-Body ManA Field of the KalE Hara Body. Again, as you continue to breathe, try to feel for the presence of your Endo-plasmic Ah-VE‟-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body in the Aurora Continuum. And then, try to sense the presence of your Ecto-plasmic Ah-VA‟-yas Oscillatory Thermo-gel Vapor-Light Body as a thin, Electrified BlueViolet Vapor that ―hangs‖ between your atomic body and your Ah-VE’-yas Body, your Ah-VE’-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body. Once you sense the presence of your Ah-VA‘-yas Oscillatory Thermo-gel Vapor-Light Body, take a slow, deep Inhale breath into the AzurA while visualizing or imagining that each of the billions of Ah-VA’-yas Body bottom sphere ―Phase-Sets‖ all simultaneously “Phase Closed” as you Inhale. Hold at the top of the Inhale as the Ah-VA‘-yas Phase-Sets “Spark”, then sense the ―energy rush” as a Back-Flow-Return-Wave of Electric-Blue Sparks releases into the nucleus of each of your atoms from the Ah-VA‘-yas Oscillatory Thermo-gel Vapor-Light Body. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 30 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Now then, Exhale slowly and deeply and feel a sensation of ―becoming slightly less dense‖ as the atoms of your body are currently capable to Transmute into Mana-Light. Inhale gently and sense that your transmuted Mana-Light atoms suddenly “Flash Off”, dematerialize and enter “Hyper-Space”, forming a Back-Flow-Spark-Wave as their quantum pulls gently inward and upward through the spaces between the atoms and into the Ah-VE‟-yas Body in the Aurora Continuum. Inhale and hold at the top of the Inhale as the Atomic Back-Flow-Spark-Wave completes delivery of the atomic quantum into the Ah-VE‘-yas Body. Exhale gently and then breathe several Rounds of slow, deep “Inhale/ Hold/ Exhale/ Hold” Transmutation Breaths, each Round creating release of another Back-Flow Transmuted-AtomSpark-Wave into the Ah-VE‘-yas Vibratory Water-gel Body in the Aurora Continuum. As the transmuted atomic quantum enters the Endo-plasmic Ah-VE’-yas Body it draws with it the corresponding aspects of the Ecto-plasmic Ah-VA’-yas Body. Continue to breathe like that. When Ah-VE‘-yas Endo-plasma, Ah-VA‘-yas Ecto-plasma and atomic-plasma merge in the Aurora Continuum the atomic and Sha-LA-ea Light Unit structure Transfigures into Photo-plasma, forming a “Photo-plasmic Atomic Replica” of Living-Light-Aqua-gel within the Aurora Continuum. This is your Photo-plasmic Jha-DA‟ Body, your Transcendental “Atomic Vehicle of Travel” within the Aurora Continuum. Now, having brought your Photo-plasmic Jha-DA‟ Body into being as it were, we‘ll move onto what is referred to as “The Peel-Out”, ―Peel Out‖. So, breathe gently for a little while, continue to feel relaxed and simply focus your attention within your physical atomic body, you‘re here and now body, becoming aware of the feeling of its cells and atoms from the inside out. And, having made that simple connection, try to sense, to feel, the presence of your Aurora Continuum Photo-plasmic Jha-DA‟ Body, now fully present within, around and between the cells and atoms of your atomic body. (The atomic and Jha-DA‘ Bodies currently occupy the same space, but the atomic body still exists within the Outer-Domain reality field. And the Jha-DA‘ Body exists within the corresponding Space-Time Coordinates within the Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum). Now, Inhale slowly into the AzurA and extend the breath further upward to a point just outside the top of the head over the Fontanel. That‘s the Translation Duct-4. Hold momentarily at the top of this breath, right over the Fontanel and then slowly Exhale a “Wave of Living-Water Hydrolase” downward from the Fontanel and throughout the entire body, using the Wave to create a “Pale-Aqua Veil” between the atoms of the physical body and the Photo-plasmic atoms of the Jha-DA‘ Body.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 31 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

And once you‘ve done that just breathe gently. And in beginning to breathe gently, begin the Peel Out, the separation of the physical and Jha-DA‟ Bodies and the transfer of consciousness into the Jha-DA‘ State of Aurora Continuum Bi-location. As you breathe gently, focus your attention on feeling the presence of the Jha-DA‟ Body as similar to a ―Ghost Body‖ version of you that is still within the physical-atomic form. So, breathe gently, focus your attention on feeling the presence of the Jha-DA‘ Body as if it were similar to a ―Ghost Body‖…a ghost body version of you. In point of fact, in technical terms the Jha-DA‘ Body is not a ―Ghost Body‖, which is fragmented GharE‘ spirit often left after improper Bhardoah transition, following physical death. But, conceptually and visually the Jha-DA‘ Body resembles what is commonly considered a ―Ghost Body‖, but it isn‘t. Continue gentle Inhale/ Exhale Breathing, still striving, still enjoying, still expanding the feeling for the presence of the Jha-DA‘ within you. Now, continue Inhale / Exhale Breathing and next, beginning at the Fontanel at the top of your head, start to ―Peel” the Jha-DA‟ “Ghost Body” out of the physical-atomic body. And when you do this you may feel, sense and/or hear a mild kind of ―pulling-apart‖ sensation similar to pulling a piece of adhesive tape off a piece of glass. Or, perhaps a separating of Velcro maybe…nevertheless, use each Inhale breath to mentally “link onto” the Photo-plasmic atoms of the Jha-DA‘ Body at the head. Then, each Exhale breath is used to push the Jha-DA‟ Body head forward, gently and lovingly of course, until the head of the Jha-DA‘ Body is outside and in front of the head of your physicalatomic body. So, the physical body would be looking at the back of the head of the Jha-DA‘ Body. It would be coming out directly as it peels away. The back of its head will be coming out in front of your forehead, so to speak. Now, continue to gently Inhale / Exhale and continue with this Peel-Out Breathing process. And then progressively, as much as you can in a flowing way, continue the gentle Inhale/ Exhale relationship to peeling out the Jha-DA‘, but shift as it were the entire focus of your attention progressively down, as if the peeling motion is unfolding in front of me. It‘s moving down, down, through, into your chest area. Do this slowly, don‘t rush it, just continue the Inhale / Exhale PeelOut Breathing and just peel the Jha-DA‘ out. It‘s moving gradually forward as if it‘s leaning almost now from the waist down, and its own shape so to speak is moving away from your physical body. Continue using the Inhale breath to “link onto” the Jha-DA‘ Body atoms and each Exhale to push the Jha-DA‘ Body torso fully forward, until the Jha-DA‘ Body is outside and in front of your own physical torso. Continue the gentle Inhale / Exhale Peel-Out Breathing now, moving downward to the Jha-DA‘ Body atoms of the legs, again using each Inhale breath to link onto the Jha-DA‘ Body atoms, the Exhale to push the Jha-DA‘ Body, until the legs of the Jha-DA‘ Body are also outside and in front of you.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 32 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Once you feel complete in that we will next take an Inhale breath, this one is up to the Fontanel, where you will hold. And you will Exhale firmly, and you will use the breath to ―Stand the JhaDA‟ Ghost Body up in front of you‖. Then immediately return to gentle breathing and project a portion of your conscious awareness into the Pineal Gland of the Jha-DA‟ Body. And then, “open its eyes”, focusing your attention into a ―split-focus‖, one portion within your physical-atomic body, the other within your Photo-plasmic Jha-DA’ Ghost Body. And that is a bit of a tough one to do, I know, I‘ve tried. So, we‘ll just go back and go through it one more time with a little bit more confidence and intention. Inhale up to the Fontanel, hold there, Exhale firmly, use the breath to stand the Jha-DA’ Ghost Body in front of you. Return to gentle breathing and as you do so, project a portion of your conscious awareness into the Pineal Gland of the Jha-DA‟ Body and then open its eyes. And your relationship is one of split-focus, where one portion is seeing through your physicalatomic body and the other through your Jha-DA‘ Ghost Body. Now, continue this gentle Inhale/ Exhale breathing. You‘re not peeling anymore, but while continuing to breathe in this way, consciously “turn your Jha-DA‟ Body around” so that it‘s facing you, your physical-atomic body. And for a minute or two, try, try to imagine yourself observing yourself, first from your physical position looking out at your Jha-DA‘ Body, and then reversing the position and looking back at your physical self from the Jha-DA‘ Body. And then the words on the paper say, ―Then, observe yourself from both perspectives simultaneously‖. Yeah, right. And in parens, “Practice makes perfect on this Beloveds”, as it does. And from that point, you can just relax and breathe in a very easy way for a second or more whilst we approach the Entering the Aurora Continuum- Engaging the Ah-JhU‟-Na. So, with your Jha-DA‘ Body facing your physical-atomic body and your attention in of course, simultaneous, split-focus, Inhale slowly and deeply, using the Inhale to draw the Jha-DA’ Body towards you. First, meeting face to face, then continue to Inhale, this Inhale, to draw the Jha-DA‟ Body into your physical body and into the ―spaces between the atoms‖. Hold this breath at the top, just as your Jha-DA‟ Body “disappears within you”, and it will have done, as it passes directly into the Transcendental Planes of the Aurora Continuum through the ―spaces between your atoms‖. Now, excuse me, Exhale slowly and gently using your breath to expand your awareness outward within your Jha-DA’ Body into the Aurora Continuum at which point you have now entered, believe it or not, the Aurora Continuum in the Jha-DA‟ State of consciousness. And this is where we wanted you to be. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 33 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Return to gentle breathing now with your conscious awareness focused within your Jha-DA‟ Body. Observe that you AS your Jha-DA‟ Body are now standing within an Aurora Continuum Corridor that is lit with dim Pale-Indigo Light. Notice that the Corridor stretches outward from side to side, left and right, as far as the eye can see. But, in front and in back of your Jha-DA‘ Body the corridor extends outward only several feet. This Narrow, Pale-Indigo Corridor is one of the numerous 3-dimensional Planes within the Aurora Continuum. And it has long been the “Place of First Meetings” between travelers from the Outer Domains and Guardian inhabitants of the Middle-Earth Actuality Dominion. Now, sit your Jha-DA‟ Body down on the floor within this Narrow, Pale-Indigo Corridor and mentally request that your Ah-JhU‟-na Guides from the Middle-Earth Actuality Dominion Elemental Command now come to meet you here. Normally, you‘d have plans or ideas of your own so you won‘t be undertaking any particular educational journey, which would be one of the first options to choose. The purpose of this is to have you connect with your Ah-JhU‟-na Guides and establish a strong link with your Jha-DA‟ Body, which we‘ve done. Now, breathe gently, relax and sit quietly in your Jha-DA‘ Body within the Pale-Indigo Corridor briefly awaiting the approach of your Ah-JhU‟-na Guides. Now, you may feel, and if you‘re not feeling strong in that, you can certainly intend that there is a very present sensation of vibration appearing far down the Corridor to your right, as two brightwhite Orbs, about the size of dinner plates or a European soccer ball, rapidly approaching you. As the Orbs come to rest, sitting on the floor beside you, observe that they likely as not, will transfigure into Two Hominid White-Light Beings in the order of 6 foot to 8 foot tall, sitting on the floor of the Corridor beside you. These are your Ah-JhU‟-na Middle-Earth Guides. If you are feeling awake and aware and have a moderate to good visual and sensual connection to the Aurora Continuum Corridor space, you may now telepathically engage dialogue with your Ah-JhU‘-na Guides, requesting insight, guidance, healing or specific education while the remainder of this evening‘s workshop unfolds. If you have no specific requests, the Ah-JhU‘-na Guides will present information and explorations if you remain calm, quiet and relaxed. That, these are things that are advised by our Buddha Slide Team would be valuable to you. They will communicate with you in ―direct cognition‖. And from this point they may ask you to stand up and “go into Orb‖ so that the three of you may travel to Middle-Earth for a short visit for insight, education, exploration, whatever. Otherwise, if you‘re at home and you are doing this you would allow yourself to “fall asleep in the physical” as you focus within your Jha-DA‟ Body and converse or begin to Journey with your Ah-JhU‘-na Guides. However, if you have poor to no visual and sensual connection with the Aurora Continuum Corridor space, know that if you have done all the steps in this Technique, which you have, your Jha-DA’ Body has indeed arrived in the Pale-Indigo Corridor of the Aurora Continuum. But, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 34 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

you may simply have ―lost track of‖ the part of your consciousness that transferred into the Jha-DA’ Body. And this is not uncommon and it‘s certainly not a thing to feel discouraged or coward about in the beginning to intermediate stages of the Jha-DA‟ Body projection. It‘s quite common, particularly if you‘re physically over-tired, and I imagine a few of you might be. Nevertheless, the part of your consciousness within the Jha-DA‘ Body is conscious and aware of itself and will engage with your Ah-JhU‟-na Middle-Earth Guides to further your education and ascension-skill development while you sit in the remainder of the workshop or whether you drift off to sleep later on. It won‘t make a little bit of difference. Now, I daresay that copies of this will be made available to those that don‘t have them and a copying number will be handy if Tammy or Mac can tell me something about it. I won‘t read them to you now because we‘d rather leave you in the space you‘re in until we‘re able to, I‘m able to get back, complete the Mylar set and get back down here, which I would say would not be more than a half hour from now. But in the notes here, we have exercises to enhance visual/ sensual connection to the Aurora Continuum. We have pre-sleep, auto suggestions as a night exercise, and something on Sadhi Projection meditation exercise as well. And finally, there is a whole schedule relating to how you actually utilize this technique, which is very important in a very powerful, very current technique that we‘re working with. So, bless you all. I won‘t do the usual thing, but just simply thank you for your understanding, your forbearance and your maturity, because without those where would we all be? I‘m going to take my sorry, little butt off to the production center and get the Mylars together. Now, you‘ve been put in this sort of space. I don‘t want to get heavy or overly serious, but the intention was to leave you with your connection for the half an hour so that I go and do the stuff that has to be done and bring A‟sha down. So, if you want to just take a kind of a gentle walk, or sit or what, but it‘s supposed to be a kind of a connection time, if you understand what I‘m trying to say. See you as quickly as my little legs will carry me- half an hour-ish, OK.

(End Technique)

Saturday Lecture [Audio Track 3] A‘sha Good morning, evening, afternoon, whatever it is, because at this point…. good aftermorning. Good one, Az. I'm just waiting for everyone to come back in, whoever is still awake. Once again, thank you for your patience. I'm choosing to be cheerful (laughs). I started doing that about six o'clock, when I realized how many more diagrams I was supposed to do before I came in. I'm still doing that, and I really hope you are, too. I do apologize for the inconvenience to all of us, but, anyway.... We have a series of diagrams, new diagrams, that's what has been taking so long. At least I know a little bit more now about what we're teaching for this workshop. It's quite The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 35 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

fascinating. I've talked about that before, in the orientation, that we would be looking more in depth into the concept of Probabilities and the structure of Probabilities, because once we understand that structure a bit more, we can understand a lot of things. We'll understand part of those things tonight, and part sometime tomorrow, after I do the rest of the series of graphs that go with these, because there's more that come after these. It ended up in a very interesting place by the end of this graph series, because I saw—it was like the graphs come in a line, and then the line went like a Y, where there was one road and another road. And I know they both come together and kind of dovetail at the end. I was grateful that the other ones—that I knew were going to take me many many hours—that they got me to a certain point that I had to get to before I could do the ones that talked about the body and the brain, because that's what they wanted to talk about tonight. They wanted to get us through enough understanding of Probability structure, and then show us how that plugs into our bodies, our brains, our mental bodies, because before we go to sleep this morning, there is going to be the first of two major activations that are coming through that are extremely important. It's the beginning of the Essential Alignment of the Great Crossover. By the end of this graph series, you should have a better understanding of what this Great Crossover is about, and also how that pertains to your own brain/body structure. And then tomorrow, when we get into the rest of the graph series that are still in progress that are the extension to these, we will also see how this plugs into time frames, and why there are certain time frames put on when these activations can occur, when these alignments need to happen. We'll see a bit tomorrow also of using these same—I'll call them Probability Maps, because that's what they basically are. They are maps of Probabilities, which also becomes maps of outer space, as we will see as we progress. In understanding the alignments and how they work, tomorrow we'll be getting into what the 11:11, 12:12, 3:3:3, all of these things are. They are all dependent on getting these maps. When you see the probability maps, I hope you can appreciate why it takes so long sometimes to do these. They're excruciating detail, and I have to do them all by hand. So, this is why it's taking so long. Anyway, we'll get underway, and I'll do a quick couple of graphs in the beginning to lead us up to where the new graph series starts. (Graph) That's just to remind us where we started with Sarasota, reminding us of the Allur-E‘ah Ra-sha-tan Code, and that is ... you know, we've been using that for quite a while. Next one, please. That is actually the structure of the flows that go with the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body, and we're just touching base with these, because, as we explained in Sarasota, the structure of Probabilities is literally built on the structure of the Spirit Body and the things we have learned about Spirit Body structure, where you have the Hara Body structures, where each one of these lines that has to do with the Allurean Chambers. And these are the Core Flows and all of that. Each one of these has a The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 36 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

sphere on it, and those spheres are—they actually form the structure of what Probabilities look like. But that is the base structure. When you see how these probabilities interlay with each other, or embed within each other, that's when the Probability Structure starts to become Probability Maps. So, I just wanted to bring us back to where that structure came from in the first place, where we learned about the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body structures in previous workshops. Next one please. To look at that same structure simply, where we can see the spheres, the Probability Spheres, without all of the other flows and things around them—it is the same diagram, but it's taking layers off it. We use this—pardon the mess—in the Sarasota workshop, to explain different things about the drum codes that we were using, that have to do with certain step-down levels of these Probability structures, that start with the Eckasha-Aah level, that we talked about in the Ecka Maps of the God World Gates. And we moved in Sarasota from the Eckasha-Aah to the Eckasha-A to the Eckasha, and to the Veca levels, and we left it at that. In this workshop, we are going from the Veca levels into the Meta-Galactic, the Galactic, the Solar System—what's called the Stellar, which refers to the planets around the Sun, stars and planets around the Sun. And in understanding the rest of that chain of structure, not only can we begin to understand what Probability we are in, where we need to go, what we have come out of in terms of alignments. But we can also begin to get the numerical codes, as we did for the higher levels from the EckashaAah down to the Veca system, in the Sarasota workshop. We will, by the end of tomorrow, be getting the code sets that are for the Meta-Galactic, all the way down to the Planetary level, and those codes will be done in that secret mathematical language that they had talked about before, where there are actually words that can be used as tones. They can also be used as drum beats. But we won't be using drums for this particular one. We will be using the tonings. When we get together—some of you will be joining us, I think, to do the Sarasota workshop, where we do have the drum circle permits. We would have had—some people would prefer to do the toning, while others prefer to do the drumming and that kind of thing. So, it would be like drumming and singing and that kind of thing. And dancing. So, anyway, this is the base structure we're working with, with Probabilities. Next one please. In the Sarasota workshop we also explained how, in that base structure where you have each one of those spheres, you also have on each one an Outer Domain, a Middle Domain an Inner Domain, and a Core Domain. That's where we have the Middle Edons, and the Inner Adons, and going all the way into the center core. Now, we opened gates that led from the Outer Domains, where our reality systems are occurring, all the way down into the Core Domains. They're called the Edon Actuality Dominions. The Probability field that's here—you have 12 of them on each set, where you have the 12 Allurean Chambers—you end up with a set of 12 Probability Dominions. And these are Domains, little circles, but the larger circles are called Dominions. And then at the center of each cluster, there is what's called an Actuality Dominion, which is kind of like the perpetually The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 37 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

perfected state, or full expression of a pattern. And these—we'll be learning more about the core ones eventually. But right now what we're going to be learning about is how these Probability structures start to embed within each other, and how they become maps that are literally maps of the galaxies when we begin to—when science tell us the Hubble is flying around up there, and it's taking pictures and things, and different galaxies, and you know, they call it all a universe. Well, we don't live in a universe. We live in a Multiverse. And we'll see what that means, and where things are, because some of the funny things are—when we talk about the Probabilities, some of them we won't see because of the difference of Angular Rotation of Particle Spin. But some of them we will see, but they won't look like what they would if we were focused within them. One of the fascinating things that I didn't realize before that we'll see as we progress to the new diagrams, is when we are looking at the Probability structures, and saying, ‗OK, we understand that these are maps up there, out there somehow. We've got names for places, but how does that fit into the pictures that the Hubble sends back?‖ Well, what Hubble is sending back are pictures of the Probability Fields. Science just doesn't see the underlying structure that unites them in a particular way. When you start to understand that, we can start to understand a whole lot of things about what direction, what it's coming from, and what systems, what Solar Systems, what galaxies—not only Andromeda Galaxy, but there's lots of other galaxies that science has found. We have the local group, and then we have the—what do they call it—the local cluster of groups of galaxies, and those kind of things. So, this is the first time they've brought it down another step, where we can understand how these maps actually do plug into what we see up there in the sky around us. Next one please. This is just to remind us of the Ecka Maps of the God World Gates, and this is the full EckashaAah. And down here is our location in our Eckasha system, with our four—at the time they only talked about four, what's called the Resolute Twin set— four Veca systems. This was our PCM Veca here. This is our Parallel PKA, or Anti-particle Veca here. Now what they hadn't told us when they gave us the Ecka Maps of the God World Gates, just to keep things simple enough—because, you know, we learn different layers of how complex the system is at different times, well, we learned that there were four Vecas—there's actually 12 Vecas in every Eckasha. Because wherever you see four, it implies two more sets of four, that are—and when you put them altogether, they end up with a 12 clock, where you have a Veca at each Allurean Chamber Line. So, these maps become the Probability Map, but in an interesting way as we progress. But from these maps, we had learned that we have our PCM Veca system here. That would be our Ecka at the center. We have our Parallel system here, our Parallel Eckasha. And that's where the Bourgha Black Hole system is located. We had over here the—in the Adjacent Eckasha-A, we had the Wese Black Hole systems over here. And over here, we had the Aquareion Matrix, that is actually where the entire Host frequencies are coming from. It's a completely—there are no fallen parts to this matrix. It's what they call a Control Matrix, not because they are control freaks, but they maintain a perfected system so they can bail out other systems around them that might fall, using The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 38 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and taking Free Will to its extremes. They chose not to, in that matrix, not to take Free Will to extremes, and to work completely within the boundaries set by the Kryst. And the boundaries set by the Kryst are simply the laws of Eternal Life Physics that allow for balances of energy to occur as they are supposed to, to perpetuate life systems in a way that does not drain other life systems. So, we've got our—this is where the Aquafereion and Aquari Host is coming from, the Aquareion Matrix. That is where we have Black Hole system interfaces. We also have Black Hole system interfaces between these and these over here, which is the Bourgha Black Hole system. That entire set, that entire Ecka/Veca system is a fallen system. Right now, two parts of, two of the Vecas here—it's actually more, it‘s about eight of the Vecas here are already fallen. So this one is going to go too, as far as alignment with Black Hole. When you align with Black Hole systems, it simply means at some point your gates to your system are going to close. They will not be able to run the natural continually flowing and circulating energies of Eternal Life systems. They become closed systems and eventually they implode, because they cannot feed their own spin. So, when we talk about fall, that's what it means. It means the system becomes a falling system when its gate systems close and no longer process the circulation of natural life force energies that go back and forth between Eternal Life God Source and the consciousness field and the entire cosmos, and the system itself. So, they become closed systems, and eventually their Merkabic structure implodes and they go back as space dust. So everybody goes back one way or another. Every system goes back, one way or another. You have a Free Will Choice, whether you will do that through Ascension, which means you keep your memory matrix with you, and you continually expand your identity back up into what it actually was before you left Source. And that is what we consider the Joyful Path, because it is the Path of Ascension, where you don't experience that you're losing anything. You are just becoming more of what you are actually started out as, and remembering who you were, and getting your evolutionary abilities back. You had those abilities once upon a time. We've lost those abilities because of the mutations down here. But Ascension is by far—anyone who has experienced it definitely says it's a no-brainer as far as whether you pick Ascension or space dust. And those who have actually made it through Ascension, the Adashi Adepts, are— they have a hard time really comprehending why anyone would want to push Free Will so far that they ended up creating consequences in energy that created a fall system, either for a person or for an entire universe. What we're dealing with here is, literally, each one of these Vecas is a Universal Veca. Each one of those is a universe, alright? So here, you're looking at four of them, just right there, in our own Eckasha, but there is actually a set of twelve of them. The Eckasha itself would be considered a multiverse. And, a cosmos is filled with multiverses. So, it's not just one multiverse. It would help science eventually if they could understand these structures, and understand how they actually are, when you get them in their more sophisticated layers—these are the basic structures—but literally how they are the star maps. And there are things that—what science right now doesn't understand about the connections between them, the underlying connection that you don't see between systems, because that is what actually tells you what gates are where. If you want to be able to go a billion light years away, you're not going to be able to build a spacecraft strong enough to do that, where you are not going to have anybody live on that space craft long enough to show up on the other end. You don't need to, because it's through the gate systems that The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 39 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

you can literally jump space/time. And that's a natural way.... it's a natural flow in an open systems. Right now, we are already in a partially closed system. The gates are so damaged that there's hardly any of the access to the higher levels open, to the higher systems open. That's why we are doing the Load-out, what is called the Load-out. The Beloveds are running an evacuation out of the Milky Way system. It's not just our planet. It is the Milky Way system, because it is becoming a closed system after 2230 A.D. So, that's the time frame we have. That's why they are starting early enough. They should have started a million years ago if you asked me (laughing), but that is why we're running a Galactic Evac. It's actually a Meta-Galactic Evac, as we'll see. This little thing here is just—I'll show you the big version of that. That is pertaining to our Veca here. Our Veca here is actually our PCM Veca Universe, is actually called Aquinos, and Aquinos is actually what science here, when they look at the pictures from up in space, call the M31 Andromeda Galaxy. It's not a Galaxy. It is a universe, as we define universes, as the Beloveds define universes. Galaxies are something smaller that occur within universes. Now, this is our natural—and it's like, Ok, we're here, why aren't we in Andromeda, M31? Because of this,right? This—I'll show you the big one in a minute. Right here, if you took that, this little Veca out all by itself, this one here, on that same alignment to our Ecka, that is the basic universal Kathara Grid set, or gate set, that goes with the Andromeda natural M31 Andromeda Galaxy, or Aquinos universe. Here, this tilted thing over here, is actually a part of this, has partially fallen. It did that many, many billions of years ago, and went into a shift, where its Kathara-12 point is over here now. So its whole grid is in misalignment. Its center is no longer centered on here. This distance between those Kathara Grids translates into 2.5 million light years of distance in space/time between the two places. It implies—this one is our Milky Way. Our Milky Way Galaxy has fallen. It used to be a part of the Andromeda Galaxy. I find it very interesting too, because science speculates that in about 50 billion years or something—or 500 billion, I forget which is which, it was in a book somewhere I read it —that the Andromeda Galaxy and the Milky Way Galaxy are going to collide. Because space keeps expanding, right, and they're going to expand into each other. And basically the Milky Way is going to get swallowed by Andromeda again. I haven't asked the Beloveds is this a good or bad thing? Because we're supposed to, in Ascension—what the original Krystal River Host was hoping to do, was to be able to take these systems and bring them back into alignment, so indeed the Milky Way could naturally evolve back into the M31 system. What I believe is happening now is, and what science is getting little nudges for prediction, is the ones who are running the Black Hole systems at the center of the Milky—they are called the Procyak Black Hole systems, because Procedes was the center star of this Matrix that fell and started the fall thing, so it's called the Procyak Black Hole. Where the Krystic mission was attempting to slowly over billions of years rotate the Milky Way back into its natural alignment with M31, the ones running the Black Hole systems have been planning to crash them into each other and pull this one fully into the Black Hole alignments. So, this is basics of looking at it with the Ecka maps, and we'll see more of what this looks like when we put in a Probability structure that we saw from the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body structure. Next one please. This is just a close-up of that little thing. I turned it where you could see where the top was. That The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 40 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

was the part that would plug into our Ecka, and our Veca, and this would been our natural PCM Veca, which is what they call the Andromeda Galaxy. This is the tilt. The Core should be aligned at the AzurA Shield, the Density-2 Shield. This should be up here, but this is the tilt, the difference, and actually it's about 45 degrees now. And what the whole plan of these Black Hole systems is, is to get this system at a certain angle, and then pull it back to the 23.5 degree tilt that is characteristic of aligning with the Black Holes from the Parallel system, the place where Parallel Earth is, the PKA system. So, we'll look at that a little bit more in the Probability structures. Next one please. Now, this we're seeing—first of all, we're back to the big Eukatharista Map, which is the Ecka Map of the God World Gates, and there we are down here, and this is us, right here, in our PCM. This is us, our Parallel Veca, where the Parallel Earth is, and this is our Parallel Eckasha, where the fallen Bourgha Black Hole system is. This is showing the alignment between, what... the Ecka maps are part of what's called the Light Body structure, and the Probability framework that is part of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body structure, is actually offset, where you have the 12, the top point of the cosmic Kathara Grid would be here, and that actually comes in between what would be the Allurean Chambers 11 and 12 at the 11.5. So it gives an offset between the Light Body and the Spirit Body structures. That's part of the reason why we can see the Light Body structures, the Light Matter Body structures that have manifested through these underlying structures, that science can't see when they take pictures of the galaxies. They don't see these spheres around the items that are taking place in matter in the middle of them. The matter and the light are part of the Light Body structure, where the Spirit Body frequencies are made of a different type, a different quality of energy, and they aren't perceivable. But they are the framework within which the matter actually manifests. So, it helps to understand that when we're thinking about how does this become pictures of our Galaxy. So, we're over here, and this again is just giving us the idea of how the Light Body structure aligns with the Spirit Body structure, be it a personal level or the larger level of the cosmos. Eventually, this alignment we'll deal with tomorrow has to do with how you start to understand the probability cycles as time cycles when we plug in the eight-pointed axis of the— what are they called?— Octants that we introduced in Sarasota. So, for now, we'll just stick with—the time stuff we'll deal with tomorrow. But the Probability Alignments we will begin to learn about this evening, or this morning, whatever it is. Next one please. Now, this is starting to bring it into where we're seeing the Spheres Within Spheres. They are put exactly in place where those structures were—like down here, this would be our Eckasha-A. There's actually—the Eckasha-Aah is here, and we always said that then there are four EckashaA. Well, actually there are twelve Eckasha-A for every place we've said there were four. This is called an Eckasha-I, alright, the big one. And when we've talked about Eckasha-A's, they didn't even talk about this structure, because it would have taken Kathara Grids off this way and that way The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 41 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and made us all nuts when we were trying to learn what the basic maps were. So, here's our Eckasha-A, and here's our Eckasha-Aah. What we have down here—there are specific numbers that, when you can see what the probability numbers are, right—every set of twelve spheres like this will have a center sphere, and there will be numbers 1-12 around it. Now, in a natural structure, they are aligned in an interesting manner. They are aligned with the 12point... if there was a Kathara Grid on this, the top 12-point—I'm talking about the Light Body, but anyway—the # 12 Allurean Chamber Line would be coming out of the center, because the things birth out of the center sphere. So, in a natural structure you would have all the 12‘s aligned, the Allurean Chamber 12's aligned. From that, you can get your positions and the relationships between rotations. That's where we start to get the numbers that are the coordinates, the Vibrational Coordinates, or where we exist in the cosmos. And once we get past here, we've got —this is our Eckasha-A, and this would be eleven other Eckasha-A's that together form the Eckasha-I,right? Inside of our Eckasha-A, this would be our singular Eckasha, and that implies that there are eleven other Eckashas. One of them that would be at a 45- degree angle to ours, would be our Parallel. Inside our Eckasha, there would be four Vecas, and those Veca PCMs, one of those would be the M31 and the Milky Way twist. They would go together, because they are actually the same system, but it is split off, fragmented off. So, this is showing us the beginning of how the maps are structured. Next one, please. I thought these were difficult, because I had to align everything and get it, like, right on the Ecka maps in the right positions. I thought that was hard last workshop. Oh, boy, see what it becomes. Now, since we knew where the Black Hole systems were in the Ecka maps, we can tell where they are in relation to the Probability maps that are beginning. Again, here we have the Eckasha-I, and this Eckasha-I # 4 - it was called Eckasha-Aah #4, because they hadn't talked about Eckasha-I's yet. But it is Eckasha-I, or Eckasha-Aah, the big one, #4. It has to do with the Vector Line that it's on, or the Horizon Line that it's on. So, it's the big one. Here we have Eckasha-A #12, so you have the top number would be 4, then coming down, this was# 12 one, then when we get to the Eckasha number, that was # 11, I believe. Then we get to our Veca - we were Veca # 5, which means Probability #5 within the Eckasha. That is how the structure works. Over here now, if we're here at #5, at a 90-degree angle is our Parallel. That is where on the Ecka maps our Parallel Veca system was. That would be Veca-2. So this is where the Parallel Earth is, and the Parallel system Black Holes. And this, if we look at our Eckasha level, this is our Eckasha here, our Eckasha-11. And up here, I believe it's Eckasha-8, is our Parallel Eckasha, and that is the one that holds this completely fallen Bourgha Black Hole system. Now, Eckashas can't fall, but the Ecka/Veca systems within them can. That is what is occurring in ours now, because of the interfaces that have taken place with this one and also with ones over here. There's wormhole structures that run from here and the center of here, that's in our Eckasha-I structure, all the way over into the Adjacent system. Now, this system won't fall, because, again, that's the one where the Aquarians are from, and that is where the Host is coming from. This system here is almost fully fallen as well. They said there was about eight of them—these two aren't, but there's others, because every time you see the four-pattern in the Ecka maps, it implies The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 42 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

there are two more sets of four-pattern to go with it to make the twelve. So, there's this wormhole link set that comes through into here, into the Parallel system, and that links through into the center of our Veca. That links through into our Meta-Galactic Core, into our Galactic Core, into our Solar System Core, and into our Planet Core. And not just ours. It affects all the probable versions, because what we're looking at when we start to see these Probabilities—we can say, Ok, well, here's our PCM Veca-5, and that is the M31 Aquinos, our Andromeda universe, and the Milky Way split off from that. So it's somewhere still around in that system, so if that —wait a minute. I'm getting interrupted. Get to the next one. They want me to go to the next one. They must be timing something, as far as what activations are coming through. Anyway, I won't go there. ―It‘s easier bigger,‖ they say. OK, thanks. (New Graph) Now, this is looking at the same thing again, but enlarged, with just showing here the ... let's see, where am I? This is the Eckasha-A. So it's not showing the whole huge structure with the Ecka maps in them anymore. It's taking into the Probability map structure, now that we see how that is built on the Ecka map structure. It's actually vice versa. This actually comes first, and the Ecka maps that are the Light Body structures form upon and through this structure. Here we are again. We have our Eckasha-A. This would be our Eckasha-A. And that's Probability12. Our Eckasha is, I believe, Eckasha-11. And there's our Veca-5. There's a Parallel Veca too. There's the Parallel Eckasha, Bourgha Black Hole system. So, this isn‘t showing the other crossovers into the ones in the adjacent system. It's giving you a close-up more so on ours. All of these others would contain a version of the same thing. That means, if we have a system, which we do, that this is our Veca, and way down in there someplace there's our Solar System and Earth. That implies there is one in every one of these, and in every one of these, and in every one of these. When we look at these galaxies and galaxies that Hubble takes pictures of, we are actually seeing probable versions of various ones that are united through central cores. But you don't always see them, because sometimes they break apart, sometimes they fragment, and those kind of things. But literally, it's not every one is a different thing and has a different name. We are seeing like Earth-1, Earth-2, Earth-12, Earth-144. I mean, seriously, and the same with a lot of other ones. So, they would like us to understand that, that the Probabilities... if you popped up on, like, Earth-144, it would probably look a lot different than this Earth, whatever number it is. We're in Veca-5, we know that much. But they are still versions of each other, which means their Core Base Pulse Rhythm is birthed from the same encryption. It would just have a different number. It would have a bit of a different set of numbers. The base encryption of a planet, or a person, is actually what determines its space/time locations, and to move from one set of coordinates to another, you need to change Base Pulse Rhythms. So, it helps to understand the coordinates you're aiming for, because then you can choose to do things to create the Base Pulse Rhythm that will actually get you there. If you get to the point where you can orb, and turn yourself into light, it helps to know where to point yourself and how. And holding the vibrations of the place you want to go is the way to be able to travel. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 43 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So, these are literally maps. They are beginning to show us how these work as maps and eventually, we'll get very good at them. We'll see the amazing—I think they are more than threedimensional. They hang in the air, and they're massive. They'd be—small ones would be the size of this room, and you'd see all these structures but in three-dimensional form, moving and spinning through each other, with little flashing things when gates touch…when, like, passages open between certain places. They are really, really sophisticated, the map systems that they use. These are very rudimentary drawings to show you the structure upon which their map systems are built. Next one please. Or, wait a minute. This is just showing you, here, an enlargement of this here. Now, see where you have the Bourgha Parallel Eckasha Black Hole system passing through into our Eckasha, right? Not into our Eckasha, but into our Parallel Veca, and not into Veca-5, exactly, but Parallel Veca Black Hole passes into ours. So, this is where our Veca system, our PCM universe, Andromeda, became endangered by the falls that were created around it. So, there is a link there. We'll look at these more closely, especially tomorrow, when you start to see where we've moved from as we have been making these Probability leaps that we've talked about. We've been actually moving Probabilities on a Meta-Galactic level. Here on these maps, we haven't seen the Meta-Galactic level yet. We've seen the Veca level and upward. And this would be—alright, this would be our Veca. This would be our Ecka, alright, our Ecka Core that we've talked about, in the center of our Eckasha. So, we'd have an Ecka and our Veca. There would be a Veca Core. Now the next set of twelve, inside of our Veca, they each would be Meta-Galactic Probabilities, alright? So, we're going to take it from there, down, in the new graphs. And they had to get very, very precise with the alignments, so we would understand what numbers we needed to use, and how to use them. They will also help us understand how this pertains to our body structures as well. When we look at this down here, this is our—let's see here, this is our Eckasha. Well, this is our Eckasha here, so it's taking this section only and enlarging it, so you can see it better, alright? Now, just notice how this is the Eckasha, right? And there are twelve lines, 12 Allurean Chambers, inside the Eckasha, that lead to that central point, and each one of those is a Veca. The next smaller one—each one of those is a line upon which one of the smaller spheres grows, right? So, we have Veca-10, Veca-9, Veca-8, etc. And in normal systems, the 12 would emerge from the middle. So, in normal structure, where things weren't out of whack, we would have from this, the Eckasha-A, the Eckashas would birth, so their 12's would be up here, and then from the center point of the Eckasha, the Vecas would birth, so their 12's would be up here. That would be the natural structure. But, as we'll see, it gets more and more complex as we go down and see what a mess our system is down here. Now, this is also showing us that—alright, when in our Veca system, we already described in the Sarasota workshop, we have been doing Probability leaps. We have been literally leaping Probability Alignments, because we started out in 2000, when the Stellar Activation Cycle happened—and I think we had been stuck there for more than 24,000 something or other years. We were actually stuck in what was called Probability-1. That would be Meta-Galaxy-1 Alignment. If we look where Meta-Galaxy-1 is, you've got 12 here, coming out from the center. You've got 1, 2 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 44 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and 3. The three of those Meta-Galaxy Probability Fields are directly interfacing with the Parallel Black Hole system. That's very close to the larger Bourgha Black Hole system. That's why this system fell, because it's interfaced with this. So, we've been going through an amazingly difficult period since the gates opened again, because we were stuck here. We actually had to leap. We leaped from Probability-1, where we started when the gates opened, to Probability-3, which was in, I think that was in August of 2003. Then we finally leaped to 4 in November 1, 2008, and then we finally made the leap—and this is the beginning of getting things into the alignment that we need to survive what's going to take place in 2012, so we don't see a probability we do not want to see. So, we leaped from 4 to finally Probability-6, or MetaGalaxy-6 during the Sarasota workshop. We made that final Leap Shift. That was the final one on the higher levels. We had to get here, to Probability-6. As we start to see what the other things—all right, each one of these Probabilities or Metagalaxies would have a set of twelve within them. They would be the galaxies, and each of the galaxies would have a set of twelve in them, and they would be the Solar Systems. And each of the Solar Systems would have a set of twelve in them, that would be called the Stellars. Now they can be planets, or stars, that go around a central sun, like Earth would be considered a Stellar, because it's one of the ones that goes around the central sun that we call our Sun. There are versions of our Earth, our Solar System, our Galaxy. And when we talk about our Galaxy, we're not actually talking about when they say the Milky Way. It's only a part of it. You have to go one up. What science sees, what they have artist representations of and that kind of stuff in books, is actually the Meta-Galactic Shield. So, they're not seeing the entire set of twelve Metagalaxies of the Milky Way. What they are seeing is the Meta-Galactic Shield. They are seeing also the Meta-Galactic Shield of Andromeda. That's where they know that Andromeda's up there and like located over to the right, or whatever it is in space. The beginning of understanding the more complex stuff comes from here, and as they said, tomorrow—after we get through the more complex stuff on structures here—tomorrow we will be finding out more about these time shifts. Because that was the big one that if we hadn't made that, we would have been doing just pull-the-Shield evac, because none of the rest of the Host will hold without that alignment. We've made that alignment, but now there are ones from the Meta-Galactic level down that do have to be done and by certain times, so we'll look at the time part tomorrow, but we'll look at the structures and the interrelationships with the new graphs. Next one please. Now, in the Sarasota workshop, and in also St. Kitts, we talked a little bit about the structure of light units, Sha-LA-ea Light Units. We talked about what are called the Ah-yas. Inside of each one of these, there would be the beginning of an atom. So, a materialized atom, each time you see a materialized atom, it has several of these put together. So this would be like the Light and Spirit Body structure of each atom. That's when we talked about, we did the exercise of doing Ah-VE‘yas Breathing. The Ah-VE‘-yas refers to—and each one of these structures, remember you have a piece of an atom there, and they stick together to form a whole atom. But every one has this top ball that is referred to as the Ah-VE‘-yas, and all of those together, say your whole atomic structure, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 45 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

for example, every atom in your body has a cluster of these, some of which are that top ball that's made out of a different type of substance than the two bottom balls. That Ah-VE‘-yas structure forms the part of your Hydro-Acoustic Body, your Aah-JhA‘ Body, that is called the Ah-VE‘-yas Body or the Ah-VE‘-yas Water-gel Body, or the Vibrational Body. The Vibrational Body alignments have to do—they actually control the alignments of what are called the Ah-VE‘-yas Body. These here would be considered your Oscillatory Bodies. This part of each of those connected to your atoms, ideally you should have the three with the piece of the atom in the center. Because of the mutations here, these are actually cracked off, where you have the Ah-VE‘-yas structure is partially harnessed and its quantum is fed off of, until it is dies, and becomes a finite light unit, and finite atomic unit. We've been working to regenerate the Ah-VE‘-yas to Ah-VA‘-yas structures in our atomic structure, and as we up the light quotient that we've talked about, in our body, and we left off at 75%, I believe, in Sarasota, and we're going to be able to jump to 82% during this workshop period, it means 82% of them have been fixed from the Bi-Veca mutation, back into the Tri-Veca structure of a natural Ah-yas Elemental. The whole thing they call is Ah-yas Elemental. When we see that Orb snow, this is actually what we're starting to see. We're starting to see the Ah-VA‘-yas as the doorways start opening between here and other reality fields. You can get negative Orb experiences too, because things can open to Black Holes that would have some version of orbing. And it's hard to tell just by seeing them look like Orb snow, whether you are dealing with ones that are a full Tri-Veca structure, or if you're seeing one of the mutated sides of one of the Ah-VA‘-yas ones that aren't connected to our Ah-VA‘-yas. Anyway, when we talk about Orbs and things, it goes back to these structures that we are starting to see parts of these structures. It also goes back to with the—and working in this particular workshop, it's dealing with the D3 Atmic level, we're going to be dealing with the Ah-VE‘-yas Body. The Ah-VE‘-yas Body controls the other two, which controls the alignment of the atomic structures. So, with the Ah-VE‘-yas Vibrational Body, we will —right now, it's being controlled by the base encryption programs of the Milky Way system, which means we are stuck in the Milky Way system still. Even though we've opened up all these flows and things in our body, we are still physically and perceptually stuck in the Milky Way system. In order to be able to get ourselves into a full slide, we will need to be able to first reconnect our mutated atoms and their Ah-VA‘-yas back to the AhVE‘-yas, which we have been doing in the previous workshops. And then we have to get the AhVE‘-yas aligned with the proper set of coordinates, as far as we need to align not with the Milky Way system. We need to align with the Andromeda system, the original set, because the Andromeda is still there. A part of its quantum fell to become the Milky Way system. So, it's literally completely changing our alignment back to the original Core alignment of this system before that Fall occurred. It means we will change the Angular Rotation of Particle Spin. Say, if the Milky Way was pointed this way, your Ah-VE‘-yas would be pointed that way. It means your whole atomic structure will be including these guys. If you wanted to go to M31, you'd have to turn them back this way, if M31 was over that way. So, this has to do with the maps that we've been looking at. We'll look at the maps even more, but I wanted you to understand like off the bat that the direct connection between these probability maps The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 46 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and the Ah-VE‘-yas Body anatomy, your Water Body anatomy, is you need to align that Ah-VE‘-yas Water Body anatomy with the proper space/time coordinates in order to be able to get your atoms to make the shift that's necessary. The Great Crossover that we've mentioned has to do with getting things aligned so you can make the shift from the Milky Way set of coordinates into the M31 set of coordinates. There's only a certain time period—we'll deal with the time periods tomorrow—that that can occur within. If we don't catch the leap while certain alignments are actually aligned like as they are right now, we won't catch it, and that's why it would be literally pull the Shield before 2012 if that alignment isn't made. Our Shield is going through it first. The Aquafereion Shield is making the Great Crossover first, so we will be able to do the same and facilitate the Crossover for Net Earth's Shield that will be going through the same process a little bit later, a couple steps later than we are. So that is why they have started this training now. Next one please. Here we go. Take a drink of tea for this one. This is one of the easy ones. Welcome to the beginning of the new graph set. To Az: You don‘t want to miss this. You haven't heard this yet either. Az: (inaudible) (laughter) A‘sha: Ok. All righty, let's see. Let me read it to myself first. Now, here's where we're all learning all together at the same speed at the same time, because I just learned this stuff, and this is like seven or eight or nine diagrams back. There was a whole string of them, and by the time—I can remember the last one, but by the time I get to the last one, the first one is almost blown out of my head, because there is so much detail in some of these. All right, what this is a picture of is the Universal Meta-Galactic and Galactic Probabilities of the Aquinos/M31 Andromeda Universe. Notice it didn't say 'and Milky Way' yet. This is just showing the alignments that are occurring, and we'll break them down. First we have the—where are we? —this is Veca-5, I believe. Let me see. What's funny, they keep enlarging and shrinking them down, and it changes what that size circle meant on what page, so I have to go find where am I. If these are MG‘s, this should be Veca-5. So this, the big one on this one is Veca-5, and each one of these are metagalaxies. So, they had us... we showed this one, I think, not for a particular reason on this one. It is just showing for an example, down here, on the 6 line, the MG- 6 line, Meta-Galaxy-6, that's where you'd have MetaGalaxy-6. They are also showing that the Host structure itself would have a gate structure of the universal level of the gates, so this is where you'd get the connections into the one we've talked about. We've talked about from Theta Orion all the way up to the Lyra system, as far as our Universal Gates, there are connections to our Universal Gates, when we get down lower into what's inside of inside. So right now, this is the Meta-Galaxy that we're going to look at in this diagram. It's got its gate interface system. This is also... this would be the Ecka Core. At the center of the Veca The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 47 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

systems, where you have all the Vecas, is the center of the Eckasha, and you would have twelve Vecas coming out of the Ecka. So, this would be the Ecka set of gates. And then each of these, metagalaxies, would have its main set of gates, Universal Gates. Then inside of this you would have another set of step-down of twelve more Probability Fields that would be the ones when you see the lines coming to these, we're going from the Meta-Galaxy lines to what will become the Galaxy lines. So, the smaller spheres within the Meta-Galaxy are the Galaxies. Each one has a Core. This would be Galactic Cores. This would be the Meta-Galactic Core, and that would be the Ecka Core. Actually, no, this is the Veca Core. The Ecka Core —I have to go back to the other map, actually. It would be off 12 normally. So you would have the, actually Ecka Core there. I think I am saying that right. Am I? No. See, I'm getting my sizes—there is one more up. If this is —no, I said that right. Pardon me while I'm teaching myself. I said that right. This is the Veca and inside of the Veca you would, ah.... No, I did say it wrong. This would be a Veca Core. Just like we have an Ecka Core, this would be the Core of a Veca, and then there would be another larger Core that would be the Ecka, where you have the twelve Eckas coming together. So, we're dealing with twelve metagalaxies coming together here at the Veca Core, and that's just a smaller one of—if you took it up one more, you'd have the Ecka Core at the center. There's where I tripped over myself on that one. Now, if we take it down to the next level, here we're just looking at Meta-Galactic-6, or MetaGalaxy-6. And Meta-Galactic Core-6. That's here. And inside, you have twelve galaxies. So, these would be twelve galaxies. Each one with a different number, of course, 1-12. And each one would have a Galactic Core. This would be the inside of this one. This would be the center of the MetaGalaxies, where the Meta-Galaxies come out of, and birth the Galaxies. So, this would be—I'm trying to get my names all straightened out, and not trip over myself. This would be a Galactic Core. That would be a Meta-Galactic Core. That would be a Veca Core. There we go. All right, I'm not going to read all of this stuff right now. We might go back to some of it, but I'm not going to even attempt to do that right now, until—I can go cross-eyed trying to do it. I will see if we can get these as print-outs. I am hoping maybe we can, actually. I think they are clear enough that we might be able to. The print is clear enough and that kind of stuff, if we have time, if they'll do it on a Sunday. Kinko‘s open? (laughing) Well, we'll see. I'll pick them carefully then. If we don't have time to do the whole set of them, I'll get the key ones. So, the next level we're going to look at is... we've already gone from the Veca—actually from the Eckasha that we don't see, to one Veca, and within one Veca we have the twelve, but we're just looking at one right now, Meta-Galaxy, and inside of that we have one Galaxy. And we'll take it down again to what's inside a Galaxy. Next one please. There's our Galaxy... the Meta-Galaxy in our Veca, and here we have Solar System, the twelve Solar Systems. These are primary Solar Systems. There's lots of off-shoots of everything, and pieces of stuff that are fallen. They are no longer—they were birthed out of the system but might have fallen, so they are not connected to it anymore. They might be finite life systems. So, there's lots of stars up in the cosmos that Hubble is taking pictures of, and those kind of things. But there is this core organization of these stars. They all came out of these base structures. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 48 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

When you see a whole circle, that doesn't mean that's the whole star. That actually means—the stars actually come out in different sizes. They will come out in a spiral. Each one has a different level of quantum depending on what its number is. If its encryption is a 1, it would have a smaller quantum than a 12 would - that kind of thing. They actually spiral out from the center. Even though the Spirit Body structures are here, and that's part of what science doesn't see, but it's not the Dark Matter Template. It's not the Rasha Template. That's even at the core underneath that. But this is the Spirit Body structure. But we would actually see a spiral of planets coming out, and that's where you get the orbits, where you get the view of what looks like orbits around a central sun kind of thing. But here we are dealing with SS numbers, which are Solar System numbers. So, here we're looking at.... Where are we? We're in Veca-5, Meta-Galaxy-6, and Galaxy-3 in Solar System-3. Solar System-3 inside of Galaxy-3 inside of Meta-Galaxy-6 inside of Veca-5. This is where we start to get our coordinates going down. Now, we are just using these as an example. There's also something they want to show us about what's called the 3-3-3 Alignment that is important to the Great Crossover. So, right now we've got Meta-Galactic-6, and we've got a 3 here, which is the galactic level. So, Meta-Galactic-6, Galactic-3, Solar System-3. Next would be Stellar-3. Now if this was our system with our Sun at the center, each one of these would be our planets. There are twelve. Nibiru would be the 12th. Chiron would be the 11th. Maldak, which is the asteroid belt because it got blown up, would be # 5. And Earth would be # 3 in regard to that. This gets into AshaLA, actually, because AshaLA is actually the host star that Earth is plugged into. We'll look at that a little closer when we get more detail on these maps, which we do. But right here, we're still looking at one of the ones that are on... one of the metagalaxies that is still holding its natural connection where its 12 is at the center. Now, that is the structure of the M31 Galaxy, but it is not the structure of the Milky Way Galaxy, because it has a tilted—its whole Kathara Grid, its whole structure is tilted. So, its alignments are different. We'll look at that. First we see what one of the Andromeda metagalaxies would look like. Now, we have to see where we fit in relation to that, where our Milky Way is in relation to that. So, we have the simple structure of going from the Veca, where we started in Sarasota from the Eckasha-Aah all the way on down. Now we got past the Veca to the metagalaxies, to the galaxies, to the Solar Systems, and to the stellars around the central sun. Now... let's see. Let's look at those a little bit in terms of gates. Next one please. We just took it at the— hello (laughing). He's over there, he's shifting probabilities, running around. (audience laughing) So, we have one Meta-Galaxy with one central Meta-Galactic Core. That's an MG, Meta-Galactic Gate set. That's an Actuality Dominion. So, for that... these would be the twelve Probabilities. Actually, this would be the Actuality Dominion of the Meta-Galaxy, but these would be Galaxies, because they have the one Actuality Dominion and it has twelve Galaxies, which are Probability Dominions of a Meta-Galaxy. So, you have the twelve of these, twelve Galaxies within the Meta-Galaxy, and at the center, you have the Meta-Galactic Core area, which is the Actuality Dominion of the Meta-Galaxy. Now inside of that, each Galaxy would have a set of the twelve gates. Remember, before we were showing them with a Kathara Grid in them? Now, we are trying to take that layer off because you The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 49 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

can't see all the Kathara Grids and all the alignments and you just can't see any more paper in between the black lines when you do it in one color. So, this is just to let you know that each one of these would have a big gate system, a big Kathara Grid system. So would this, and so would that have its own core set. So you still have the Light Body structure that would build on a Kathara Grid and then the Light Body that builds on the Kathara Grids. Now, here you've got the one Galaxy with one central galactic Core Stargate set. That Stargate set would be in there. And twelve Solar Systems. So you have twelve of these, twelve Solar Systems. Each Solar System has twelve, let's see, Solar Galactic Stargates. Yes, Solar Galactic Stargates. Back up here, each Galaxy has twelve galactic Stargates. So we have Solar Galactic, then galactic. This is where we're turning it into—Ok, they've named some of the gates up there for us, in our universe. Who's on first? Which sets fit where? There are still, basically, when—I believe the galactic ones, they call the ones that went from our Solar System to our Galaxy, they just made it simple at the time. They're actually referring to the Solar Galactic gates. So, when we have publications from before, that talked about galactic gates running from Mercury through Nibiru, they are actually referring to the Solar Galactic gates. Then there's another set, other sets that go up from there, before we get up to the universal ones, which would be the universal Veca ones. But, the universal Veca ones, the ones that are tilted, that we went from... our universal gates were from Theta Orion all the way up to the Lyra system on Kathara 12. They actually are in our—all of those are right in what's called the Orion arm of the Milky Way Galaxy, and they are actually part of our more local Solar System. We'll look at that a little bit when we get past the pieces and go back to the maps. This here is just showing one Solar System, with one central Solar Galactic Core, Solar Galactic gate set, so that would be in the center, and twelve stellars. So, that's a star or a planet. So, we would, if this was our Sun, we would have-there would be one of us right here. The Stellar-3. ST3. That would be, say, Earth. There's another connection, though, because Earth is kind of grandfathered into a Host situation. We've seen that in some of the earlier ones. It's a little bit more complicated than just... it's just one. It's actually connected to the central one. It's actually connected, and you have to see the other gate alignments to see how those connections between our Universal Gate-3 connection, and the Universal Gate-4, where AshaLA fits, where Earth fits, and that kind of stuff. So, we'll see that in a little while. So this is just basically taking you down piece by piece to analyze a little bit more. [59:26:15] By the way, each stellar has 12 PST, Planetary Stargates. So, that's the ones that we talked about and worked with on our planet. We didn't get into the other gate sets, that it has that we've learned on our planet, as far as the Polarian Gate sets and the Cue Sites, and oh my goodness, all of that stuff that even one little planet has. This is just explaining the same thing. So, one Meta-Galaxy contains twelve Meta-Galactic Gates, one Meta-Galactic Core, Meta-Galactic Gate set, which means twelve, and twelve galaxies. The galaxies are Galactic Stargate sets. One Galaxy contains twelve Galactic Stargates, one Galactic Core, Galactic Gate set, and twelve Solar Systems, which are Solar Galactic Stargate gate sets. That's what a Solar System is. Then you have one Solar System contains twelve Solar Galactic Stargates, and this is where you get Mercury, Venus, Mars, all the way up through to Nibiru on 12, our local Solar System, and one Solar Galactic Core. It also The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 50 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

has one Solar Galactic Core with its Solar Galactic Gate set, and twelve stellars. So it has its twelve planets. And the twelve planets are Planetary Stargate gate sets. Each planet is a set of twelve or more gates. The more comes in when there's interfaces coming in, like all of the hosting gates that we've had to open – the Beloveds have had to open here. Next one please. Down here it says one Universal Veca contains twelve Universal Vecas, Universal Stargates, and these are ones that connect into like Theta Orion to Lyra, but they are only using those—they actually go down, I believe, to the galactic level. They're just using them because we don't even have the names of a lot of the other stars and things like that that they are connected to. But they are just step-down versions of those that they have given us already. So, we'll see how this progresses into maps, that progress into the Milky Way Galaxy. Next one please. Now, I'm going to keep this easy—unfortunately that got cut off—Universal Meta-Galactic and.... I can't read the rest, possibly Solar System, Meta-Galactic, galactic and Solar System alignments of Aquinos, M31 Andromeda Universe 5. So, it's Veca-5 is what we're talking about, Veca-5, which is Universe-5. And this is still on the natural Aquinos M31 alignment, where you still have the—this one is…. Where are we at? I think 3. It's hard to find the ones underneath. This is 12, no this is 6. So, what we're looking at here is Meta-Galactic, Meta-Galaxy-6. Its Adjugate across would be Meta-Galactic ... no that's 12, sorry. Meta-Galactic-12 would be Meta-Galactic-6. So, we are dealing with Meta-Galactic-6. And there's a reason why they're choosing this one here, because it has to do with alignments that we're involved with right now with the Milky Way. So, Meta-Galactic6. Here we've got Galactic -12, 1, 2, 3, Galactic-3 is this Galaxy. And you've got Solar System 3, 6, 5, 4, 3, Solar System-3 is this. And then you have Stellar-3, which is here. That is where Urtha is. At least one version of Urtha. The version of Urtha that exists in Meta-Galaxy-6. So, that implies that there are twelve versions of Urtha, yeah. And actually when, I won't even go into—that's just on one layer. Because there's probably other versions of Urtha as well. We have at least twelve versions, because #3 would be Urtha, but we also have twelve of those, that that #3 would be in. So, I haven't figured out the math yet. It's like 12 x 12 x 12... You're doing the 12, 144, 1728, that climb. So, anyway... this is where Urtha is. One of the Urthas is now, and that's the one we need to be concerned about as we start to see the alignments, where we are actually in alignment with, as far as our current space/time locations. So this is the 3:3:3 Alignment, where you have—they are all in the 6 Meta-Galaxy, but it's Galactic-3, Solar System-3, and Stellar-3. So that's the locations of what is called the 3:3:3 Interface. Now, there's a good one and a not good one. The 3:3:3 Interface that's coming from here is a good one. As it gets more complicated, we look at the Black Holes in relation to that. You can understand that the 3:3:3 can come from various places, some of them good and some of them not good. Same with 11:11's and 12:12's, and we're going to talk more tomorrow about those particular alignments, and how to tell which ones are good ones and which ones aren't, and those kind of things. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 51 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

And also, one of the things that I realized was happening, but I didn't understand how, and we'll learn more about tomorrow too, is the fact that, you know, people have—like it pops up all the time, where you get your 11:11's or your 12:12's, and you might go through a series of time, a few months or something, where it's just always happening, and then it stops, like it never happened before. This actually has to do with—each one of us that experiences this, is actually the vessel for the transmission, right? Yeah. It's coming through us right into our hologram. That clock will say 11:11, with or without you there, right? But it's YOU that keeps having your attention drawn to a clock when it says that time, right? It's actually being beamed through you, and some of that is good and some of it is not good. There are good 11:11's and there are not good 11:11's, etc. So, we'll learn a little bit more about that tomorrow. We'll learn a little bit about it today when we see where the 3:3:3's are, because right now, the 3:3:3's that are corresponding to the Andromeda matrix in the Andromeda Galaxy and down in the Meta-Galaxy-6, they are very important— because right now we're very close, our Milky Way alignment is extremely close to this one. And there's going to be a period of time, after a period of time we will actually rotate out of that closeness, and if we don't create the Crossover Host in the time when we are overlapping, the Host will fail in this Solar System, actually. Not just our Solar System, but the whole structure. So, we have got to anchor it into our Solar System, if we want to keep the Host here. We'll see what that looks like a little more when we get more detailed. This just started these, and of course you have to get—these diagrams are enough to make me nuts, because.... Alright, it's simple enough—this, you got the alignments, right. Everything has to be—and it's pretty easy, because you put the 12 at the center point, and get your alignments, right, 12 at the center point, get your alignments. Not in the Milky Way! (laughing) Oh boy. Next one please. Now this is just showing, still just the ones aligned on 12. This is what we just looked at, over on the other diagram. Now it's panning out, where you can also see the Parallel interface. This is our Veca-5, with our Meta-Galaxy-6, with our Galaxy-3, Solar System-3, Stellar-3, Urtha. Then, Veca5, 90-degree angle, brings you to what i —which would normally be here—Veca-2. So, you would have 90 degrees between 2 and 5. That means they are Parallels to each other. So, you have, this would be the normal alignment if there was not a problem with our Parallel system. But there is a problem with it. First of all, it's on a 23.5-degree tilt. Where it should be aligned here, with its 12 here, its 12 aligned here, its 12 system here and its 6 system here. It isn't. It's aligned over here and upside down. It's got—yeah, its Black Hole fall. It's got its Meta-Galactic 12 where its 6 would be, and the whole thing is tilted counterclockwise by 23.5 degrees. This thing here, that you're seeing coming down corresponds to—this is a messy one over here, but it corresponds—I don't even know if I have it over here. Do I have it over here on this one? I don't think I have it. I can't even read that. Never mind. It corresponds (laughing) to the other one this size, that would be the Parallel Eckasha. So, you got your—this is our Parallel Veca and that's Parallel Eckasha, and that is the Bourgha Black Hole interface. So, you got one big Black Hole mess happening, with an even bigger one on top of it. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 52 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Here is our M31 system—not even doing Milky Way yet, just the M31 system. It is still holding. It still has its organic alignment with the Meta-Galactic-12 at the top, and 6 at the bottom, and this is—Meta-Galactic-6 would be here, and that's where we have Urtha, right there. Now, we're going to start finding out a bit more about Milky Way. We'll see how much more fun the backgrounds become when you get to there and see if I can even talk about them. Now, what this is showing too, this is the Ecka Core I talked about. Before we had the Veca Core at the center of the Veca. Each of the Vecas has a center Core. This would be Veca-5 Core. This would be Veca-2 Core. And each of the Vecas would have one. Each one of those would have one that would follow this line. These would be the twelve stars that are around the center of the Eckasha, which is the Ecka. So, that would be our Ecka at the center of all the Vecas, in our Eckasha. And behind here, right here—I'm just showing how these overlap, where we have our M31 system and our Veca system, and our Parallel Black Hole Veca system. I'm not showing you yet what is in here underneath this. But I'll show you that in a minute, because what we'll find is a reflection of things over here. We will find that there is a Parallel M31 system, that is over in Veca-2. Each of the Vecas would have a Parallel M31 system, which means they each have a Milky Way system, because this one has split. So what we're going to end up seeing in a little bit is this one having its axis tilted to where it creates an offset in the split, and that is where the Milky Way comes in. And it changes the relationships between all of the alignments down from the Veca split, because it is at the Veca level that the split has occurred. Right now we're not seeing the split yet with the Milky Way on this side. And we're not seeing what is under here yet, what is on the Veca-2 Parallel side, because over in here somewhere we would have Parallel Urtha. Next one please. There is that little eyeball, upside down eyeball, a vertical eyeball-shaped thing again, where we have our Veca-5. And here we have our Parallel Veca-2, here, and remember Veca-2 is all twisted, as far as its numbers are all misaligned. And if it's misaligned—and I haven't shown this fully down here yet—if it's misaligned on this level, that misalignment will also apply to the next level down. And then if that one—it will apply all the way down. So, it's not just one simple shift. It's shifting all the way down. This is why these diagrams took me so long, by the time I got to showing all of these all the way down, so we'd see what was aligned down here that we have to be concerned about. This is showing us here where we've got this showing something else too that we'll deal with later, that's called the 6:6:6 system. Yeah, has to do with the Black Holes and things. So, that's something else we'll get into more when we get into the numbers. We're dealing with 3:3:3's tonight from the good side. This side is still plugged in to the Krystal River Host that is coming from the adjacent Eckasha-Aah, all the way up. So, this side will not fall even though a lot of what's been done here with the Black Hole systems folks that have been trying progressively to invade. They've been trying to take out this matrix, the full M31, but they're not going to do it, because part of that will still be able to stay with the Host, and actually shift Angular Rotation of Particle Spin—well not shift it, but hold its Angular Rotation of Particle Spin, so it doesn't down-shift into the Milky Way alignment and into the Black Hole alignments. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 53 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

But here it's showing—this would be the equivalent of that, over here. This is the parallel of that, so if this was Urtha—where are we?—if that was Urtha, we would have Parallel Urtha here. I think it's this one. I'm slightly dyslexic. Anyway, this is Solar System-3, and that's Solar System-3. This is ... Galaxy-3. This is Galaxy-3. And this is Meta-Galaxy-6, this is Meta-Galaxy-6. Now, here what we're looking at is Meta-Galaxy-6 and we're looking at Galaxy-6, and our Solar System-6. That is a problem area that connects to a bunch of other things, including a fallen Veca-2 Core. So, this is a Black Hole alignment as well. So, this is the Core of Veca-2, and it's in the boundaries—remember this is the larger Parallel Eckasha Bourgha Black Hole interface. So, literally, the center of Veca-2 is in that Black Hole system. So, this actually feeds the mess that is happening with the Parallel system, and it's over in this system that we have—so far we have Parallel Urtha. Once we see Milky Way, we'll understand where Parallel Earth is as well, because Parallel Earth is the interface point that they are using to actually invade this system progressively. Next one please. I think this is the one that took me forever. What was the number on this one? Can I see the number in the corner, please? No, it was an ‗H‖ one. This wasn't even the one that took me forever. This is where it started to take me forever. Remember, this over here is our Veca-5. Now, from the Veca level, from its normal alignment, where its 12 should be here, it had a 45 degree off-set. But eventually they want to pull the whole thing back to a 23.5 degree to link with what's happening over here. But right now, they are at about 45 degrees. So, you've got the Veca alignment off 45 degrees, and this starts giving you the, what are called the Milky Way Meta-Galactic Numbers, where all these numbers on the regular Veca would be—what do they call them?—M31 numbers. The M31 numbers that we were looking at before we had the extra lines put in here, would be these. That's where you still do have Meta-Galactic-11, M31, Meta-Galactic-10, Meta-Galactic-11, Meta-Galactic-12. So the 12 is still aligned on this version of Meta-Galactic-6. This is still MetaGalactic-6. This is still Veca-5. But a part of Veca-5 split off and literally went into 45 degree shift in relation to it, which pulled the Meta-Galactic levels out of alignment. This is actually the same system as that, but at this point there are 2.5 million light years between the two of these in space/time locations. So, what we're looking at is the M31 Galaxy system—well they call it Galaxy, but we call it Meta-Galaxy— the M31 Meta-Galaxy in relation to the Milky Way Meta-Galaxy. Here is Urtha, still over in the M31 system, and that's still in Galactic-3, Solar System-3, Stellar-3, Planet-3. Here we have the alignments again, twisted. If this was off 45 degrees, this one is also off 45 degrees. So we have to take that and shift it. Its 12-point is there. And if this one is off 45 degrees, the next one, which is the galactic one, is also off 45 degrees. And I keep losing my mind doing 45 degree turns. The numbers are so small I can't read them. And the same with the Solar Systems. These are accurate. I've done these in a larger format, and another graph, so you can see them more clearly. Literally, every one of these has to shift, and it changes the position that things are located in, when you make those 45 degree shifts. This one isn't shifting 45 degrees. They are still in their natural alignments over in the M31, and here, in our Milky Way system, where the natural axis for Meta-Galaxy-6 should be from here, its top, to there, its bottom. The Milky Way's got its top—its top is the 12. What would have been its natural top is over here. It's actually interfacing, trying to interface with Andromeda. It's got this other set of—let me think, how do I describe this? This would be the Veca Core. It is aligned still at The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 54 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

the Veca Core. It's actually shifted down, as if this axis split and shifted into that angle. But we have the 45 degree tilt on things. Let me see. This one's hard to read the numbers on, but the other one is much clearer. That's what took me ages, getting all the numbers so you could read them. But this connects directly into this axis, that runs up—now here you would have Meta-Galactic-12, the natural alignment. So here's 12. It would go to the center, and then it would take you out to Meta-Galaxy-6. Then you'd have 12, 1, 2, they‘re the normal alignment. These start with the abnormal alignments. So, it's actually the top of it should—that it is the top of it. It should be aligned with the center, but it isn't. Its Meta-Galaxy isn't aligned with the center. It is instead aligned with these offset Veca numbers, which are the lines from the tilt of the Veca itself. So, this was Milky Way Meta-Galactic-1. So that was Milky Way Meta-Galactic-12 over here. And check out where that is. It's right in there at Parallel Urtha system. Interesting. And that goes all the way through to the Veca-2 Core. They are trying to take the Urtha systems out, not just Earth and those. But it aligns with the Veca-2 Core. That is the fallen Core system, because that is the one that is already aligned and in the interface with the Bourgha Black Hole system. Our Milky Way is actually running this line right here, when it should be running this line here, that leads back to the Ecka. So, there's all these gate offsets here, and what we are doing, what the Crossover is about, the Great Crossover, the essential alignment, is we need to get our systems here aligned with the right Base Pulse Rhythm and Angular Rotation of Particle Spin corresponding to the Andromeda system. We can do that through the Host because we have opened the Host in here. And the first part of this is bringing in something called the Triangulation, that we'll see a little later with this 3:3:3 alignment, because otherwise….. Now where we are right now is in this position. That's why they chose these particular numbers, because we are still in—we made that shift in the Sarasota workshop period, to Meta-Galaxy-6, but Milky Way Meta-Galaxy-6, because we're still caught in the Milky Way Angular Rotation of Particle Spin. And we are right now— we just started in to the Meta-Galactic-6 cycle, and that puts us in Galaxy-1. We're still in Solar System-3 in Stellar-3, but right now we're in Galaxy-1. But this is where we have a direct interface with the whole M31 system. See, this is where the M31 sphere stops. So, if we continue—now once the gates are open, we accrete. The systems accrete. They move, they actually rotate through, the Light Body rotates through the Probability structures. We are right now in alignment with the M31 system in meaningful ways that we will look at a little bit later, as far as meaningful and holding in the Host. But once we get to a period in time, where we go from— right now we're Galaxy-1, then Galaxy-2, and then Galaxy-3, and then Galaxy-4, and then Galaxy5. And we're going to rotate, well most of us, right out of alignment with those gate connections. If we do not make the Crossover link before the natural accretion cycle of the frequencies keeps us shifting through the Galactic level of Probabilities, we will lose the Host. And there's only a certain period of time. Tomorrow we'll look at how these actually plug into the Octant Time Cycles where Probabilities and Octants—we can time that, and they've given us dates as far as when certain things are happening. So, we can see what period of time this overlap runs. Now, this is an overlap that we'll look at a little bit more in detail before we go tonight. It has to do The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 55 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

with something called the Adjugate Bond, and we'll see where Adjugate bonding can become a very powerful force of healing when you're dealing with things like this. Before we do that, we're going to look at—I think I'm going to take a break after we do this next one, before we get into the body bits, when we see all this stuff, then we see how it kind of fits with the body and with our brains and those kinds of things. I need to sit down for fifteen minutes in between those two. But for now, we're not done. Now that we see these right over here, what are we looking at? We have the one system, so far. I'm only showing the original one, the original Parallel of the M31 system. This implies that there's one of these over here too, a Milky Way version over in the Parallel Veca, which means more numbers to align and all of that. So, we'll see that in a little bit. Next one please. The reason it's important to see all these, is because only by seeing them all and finally getting the map, you can actually trace what gates are what. This was not as hard as the last one, actually. Let's pull this over this way, honey, please. Now what we just looked at from the last one, this is just blowing it up and cutting half of it off because it didn't fit on the page. So, we could just look at for the moment—this is the center of our Veca-5. No, that's not the center of our Veca-5. I'm lost. That's our Ecka. It's our Ecka, sorry. The center of our Veca-5 would be here. I'm getting there. This would be the center of our Veca-5. This would be the Meta-Galactic-6, and somewhere in here would be the center of the Andromeda system. This one here is our Milky Way system, that‘s at that different angle—its 12 should be up here and it should be aligned, and existing in the Milky Way Galaxy, no in the Andromeda Galaxy, but is actually split and separated. And this is the parameters of what our science sees and can get photos with radio things—they can, like, project photos. I guess they bounce waves off stars and stuff like that. They figure out what's actually there, something like that. But, anyway—it's this area that they are seeing. When you see pictures of the Milky Way that are drawn like this, they are—this is the area that you are seeing, and it's quite interesting. And this is, of course, the Black Holes and stuff. And now, if we can actually plot the Milky Way in relation to our Meta-Galactic Shield, that implies we can get some idea of where these guys are, as far as the Parallel interface goes. Because I do believe a lot of what we're seeing around us as other galaxies, such as the Andromeda Galaxy—now science knows the Andromeda Galaxy is a different Galaxy than the Milky Way Galaxy. It's close. It's our closest neighbor and it's bigger. And someday it's going to eat the Milky Way, according to science—kind of like, it already kind of un-ate it. (laughing) It kind of chucked it up and out and 2.5 million light years away. Oy! What is interesting is that it's starting to show us how it actually accurate these maps can be. It's giving us a glimpse of how that can work. If we can remember again where we see the circles, that is the Spirit Body structure within which the Matter structure manifests, so that's not saying that's this star and that's—it's saying that star manifests in there, or materializes in that system. Now, if we look at this, and you'll see we've got rings drawn around this one, and there's a reason why we've got rings drawn around this one. And I believe I have, here, where I'm actually taking this section—where I can just take this again, take it away from its connection over here, and put it The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 56 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

where we can look at it by itself a little bit better. Now, here is the Milky Way. This is our Meta-Galaxy-6, Milky Way Galaxy-6, Meta-Galaxy-6, Galaxy # 1, Solar System-3, Stellar-3, Earth. So Earth and AshaLA are right in here between these two. You'll see it better in a different diagram, but it helps to understand that a little more. But this 3, Stellar-3, would correspond to Earth. The center here would actually correspond to both AshaLA and our Sun, actually link through the Sun and through Earth. But anyway, for simple terms, this would be Earth and this would be our Sun. See these things – A, B, C, D, E, F? There's the center. That center of the Milky Way would be the center of the Meta-Galactic Procyak Black Hole system. That corresponds directly to right here, Ok? The "F" area. The "F" area is the heart of the Milky Way. Now these were excerpts that were from a book that was—I have got the copyright information here—there are references from a book called Space Encyclopedia by Heather Couper and Nigel Henbest, copyright 1999, Dorling Kindersley, Ltd., London, which is a Penguin company. So, these little reference things that I got the information from there. So it's a worthwhile book and it has some excellent explanations on all sorts of stuff. Not this part, of course, but this part. So this one corresponds to the heart of the Milky Way and this over here—where they talk about Sagittarius-A, East/West Sagittarius-A star—they actually show and they have excellent maps and things. So that book is really excellent for showing these things in color and where you can read them better, that kind of thing. This is the central galactic bulge and contains many old cool stars, red or yellow in color which gives it a yellowish tinge. So, that's the center. That's what we're talking about here, in this area, the "F" area. Now, when we look at this little quick map, there are arms, those spiraling arms to the Milky Way Galaxy. The outermost one is the Perseus, I believe, Arm. Then the next one in is called the Orion Arm. That's where our Sun is located in the inner band of the Orion Arm. That's our little local Solar System area and there's lots around it. In fact, in that area, you find most of the named Universal Stargates that they've given us, from Theta USG-1, to the Lyran systems. I think a few might be in one of the different bands, but they are all right here in this area. This is the Sagittarius Arm, the next one coming is. The smaller one coming in toward the center is ... I don't know how to pronounce it—it's S-C-,Scutum-Crux, something like that. And then this one they call the Norma Arm. So, I don't know much about those. But these are all the arms, the main arms of the Milky Way system, spinning around the Core. Now, this shows them a little bit better, which areas. If we're talking about the heart of the Milky Way, it's there, that little box. If we're talking about the Sagittarius Arm, this one. If we're talking about the Orion Arm, or the local arm, it's this one, which would be this, compared to the one before. If we're talking about the Perseus Arm, we're talking about the outer one over here. So, if we take this and understand those, and then look up here, you get this on the right angle with here, so we know where the little box ends up, and how do we do that? By aligning it with our Sun. Our Sun. Our Sun. This is our Solar System. In here is our Solar System. What's interesting is in here The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 57 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

also a lot of the gate systems that we've talked about too. So, you can literally take these - each of these A, B, C, D, E, F—they're actually talking, refer to the arms, which arms they're located in. So, you can trace the Probabilities. And that's just looking at one Meta-Galactic-level Probability. There would be ones all over the place, but science would see those as other galaxies that aren't, they might even be—if between here and here is 2.5 million light years away, these must be really far away, that kind of thing, as far as space/time distance. So, you can actually plug these in, these maps in, to what is already known by science. What's interesting too, to give you an idea of the space distance, again I refer to that book, because they have some excellent ways of explaining things in that book that I mentioned before, the Space Encyclopedia book. Here, there's like a three-dimensional thing, where it's like a—this comes down and then this would like be the floor. So, it's giving you perspective. And they have galaxies on stalks, which I think is a great way to demonstrate this. This is what's called our local group of galaxies, where the Milky Way is here. There's a couple of little guys around here and they all have names. Andromeda is over here. So, that's giving you kind of a spatial relationship between the Milky Way Galaxy and Andromeda Galaxy. What that is showing you is the dimensional relationship between these two. So, you can, eventually we will be able to—I haven't had time to do it yet, and I don't know if I have the resources to go into, past the local group. I think, then, there's like the local super cluster, or something like that, but they have clusters, and clusters that form that look like arms and stuff going to space, of literally galactic clusters made up of local groups that they make bigger clusters that make bigger clusters, that make what look like veins. They actually look like veins of massive galaxies that move through space, with lots of empty space between them. So, we haven't gone as far as taking it to the next level, but what I want to find out is since we know where this is on these maps, it implies we should be able to find out where these area, and where these big Black Hole issues are actually occurring, or at least in what direction from us. Because we're directly connected to them on that axis, which means our Milky Way is directly connected to them. I imagine, hmmm, if that's up there to us, and these would probably be up here somewhere, if you extended this out, and took it past what the local group _____ looks like, it would be somewhere out in here. But you could actually chart the area of space the trouble is coming from, chart the area of space that if anybody is ever going to do an official disclosure here, where we're going to get invaded from, that kind of thing. It would be interesting, I think, to find out where this interface occurs, in relation to our Milky Way and Andromeda and that kind of thing. But this is just showing us that—this, by the way, is just, what this looks like,there's our Sun in the center of that. And all this stuff, including Orion and Polaris and Alycone, which is Tara, all of those are in this local Solar System area, like our Solar Systems here, and that all around it in this area. But anyway, I wanted to be able to show how practical these can become. Imagine these with massive detail and increments down to nanoseconds of nanoseconds of nanoseconds of space/time. I mean, the math, I will not—I refuse to ever learn how to do that math. I don't want to, because my brain is too tiny here. But, I see what the Beloveds do with them, when they have the massive spinning, spiraling, three dimensional maps that are constantly in motion. And you can The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 58 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

see what's happening in which systems, what's interfacing, which one‘s crashing, which one has a problem. I mean, it's really kind of amazing to see them. I've seen flashes of them and wow. My diagrams really stink compared to that! (laughing) Next one, please. This was the killer, I think. Yeah. That was just getting—it's an enlargement that's showing just.... This one took all day! It's taking the ones that were before, but cleaning up or enlarging it, and cleaning up all of them so we can see clearly the gate interfaces and also the sun interfaces, because you have all sorts of suns. Each ring would be one of these—like, here you have your Veca-5, at the center of Veca-5 you have the Veca-5 Core, and then around that you have twelve Meta-Galactic suns that are the center of each Meta-Galaxy. So, we have Meta-Galactic Sun-6. The natural one would be here at the center of M31, but because part of the whole thing fell, we have Meta-Galactic-6 at "A," where it came from, and then "B," the split on it here as well, and that is the center of our Milky Way. That's where you've got the Sagittarius star systems and things happening. The Sagittarius-A star and all of that. So, this is where—actually, it's down lower. You would have Sagittarius-A cluster, would be floating around here. I could go back to the other one but I'm not going to do that right now. Anyway, to explain how, if you looked at all the Probabilities together, that would give you—this part of each of those spheres would give you that innermost core of stars around the core of the Milky Way. And then progressively working out, it would give you the expansion of the arms going outward. So, this would be the Procyak Black Hole that's at the center of the Milky Way system. Over here is the still natural structure, which is the Core of the M31 system, of the M31 MetaGalaxy-6. This is going to become very important to helping us with the Crossover. When we come back from our break, we will look more closely at, first of all, what does this have to do with our bodies and our brains, because it's quite fascinating, and they are just showing me in these diagrams. They're enough to get the idea across, no time to clean them up. So, you'll get the idea when you see what they are. But, the important thing is that we understand certain Crossovers. We're going to come back to this diagram after we go through the Bodies, and find out about something that has to do with the first activation, which is one that we will participate in tonight if you choose, and it's the first step in the Crossover into the alignment with M31. Tomorrow we'll see more of the reasons why because we haven't dealt with—these are the base graphs. Then I have to show the 11:11 alignments. Then I have to show the 6:6:6 alignments. And through this, we will find out what the heck we're involved in. Now before, remember how I said we are now in #6, Meta-Galaxy #6, but we started out at MetaGalaxy #1 alignment, which would be —we're in Milky Way, so the Milky Way Meta-Galactic #1 alignment.... No, its number is 2. That would be over here, I believe. No, that's 12. I don't know if I have 1 marked. I have to do those tomorrow. The diagrams tomorrow are going to show where we started, and why we've it's been such a struggle ever since the Stargates have opened, why this big drama has happened. Because we're directly interfacing with these Black Holes and the gates opened all the way through into the Core into—and this was the whole BeaST thing we've been trying to explain for the last ten years, was about all of this. This at least shows the alignment and what's been happening with them. The saving grace in this is, we're not going to be able to save The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 59 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

the Ecka/Veca system from falling, but we can hold the M31 part of it, because remember, this is the M31 Meta-Galaxy-6—well, there's 1-12 of those. They are still holding. They will be able to make it through and keep as an ascension system. It is the Milky Way set, those extra twisted balls that come off each one of them, that are going to go into a closed system set, and it is from them that evacuation has to occur for anything that wants to be able to keep its Krystic Ascension Path ability. So, what we are going to do through the period of the Load-out has to do with certain alignments that can create the first essential alignment that will allow us to begin the hosting process directly through with M31, that leads back into the whole Krystal River Host set and if we can do that, and do it in a timely fashion, we will be able to hold for the period of the Load-out, before the first, up until the first, what was called the Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold, and at that point we would have to let go. But then the Buddhara Kryst Fall ones would take over to hold the Host, to hold it from what is the question we'll be answering tomorrow. This has to do with, as we rotate through—we are now leaped into the 6th Harmonic and the 6—not Harmonic, the 6th Meta-Galaxy. We are in the 1st Galaxy. We're going to rotating through the galaxies here, and there's going to be a problem once we come out of alignment with the M31 system, particularly when we hit what's called the Sextant Axis that happens down around in here. That goes back to the Sextant Clock that we talked about, and where a certain thing reverses and turns back on itself when it hits around the 6th position. So we'll look at that. Tomorrow we will be looking at the time maps that put the 12-point thing, the 12-point structure of the Probabilities in alignment with the 8-point Octant structure, so we can start to see what those mean. But there is going to be a 6:6:6 issue happening over here, that has to do with dragging the rest of the Milky Way entirely into the alignment that will ultimately lead into it being drawn into these holes, and these compacting. It would be like the spheres compacting into first a Bi-Veca fold, which is like the Vesica Pisces, and then into one. And it would take—this would take billions of years. It will take billions of years to occur, but once this is set, it is set, and it can't be undone. And we have until the Load-out is over to get whatever can go into these alignments with this system. In the meantime, it will remain a blended system. And if we weren't doing anything once the time period, once 2012 hit—here, I'll show you what that means tomorrow—once 2012 hit, this would all be a done deal. Nothing would get out. But because we are anchoring the Host, and if we can make this Essential Crossover link, we will be able to hold it until the end of the Load-out, where they won't be able to pull us in to full alignment either until we finally have to let go. And then they won't be able to pull the Green Dragon grids into full Red/White Dragon alignment with these Hole systems, because the Buddhara will help them—from the AdorA side—will help them to hold their position. And I'm not sure which position they are going to end up in, but we're going into these alignments. And by 2012 we have to be able to make one more leap, alignment leap, and that is from our…. Not only do we have to cross over from Meta-Galaxy-6 into, Milky Way Meta-Galaxy-6, into M31 Meta-Galaxy-6 alignment—we're still here but we're holding the alignment of particles of here—but The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 60 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

then we have to be able to leap to 12. We have to move up to 12. We'll actually do it from—yeah, we're going to be going from the 6 system into this alignment, and then up to 12. And that will allow us to do the larger ones when it comes up through the Ecka Core. That allows us, our Veca-5, to align with its Adjugate Twin called Veca-11, which is the Adjugate of 5. So, this is a whole huge process. There's some more diagrams to look at that have to do with Bodies, and then that have to do with something called the 3:3:3 Triangulation, and that has to do with our brains as well. So, we'll see a bit—I just want to take about a 15-minute break, because I know I'm getting tired when my lips and my brain don't go at the same speed. So, I'll spare us both. In fifteen minutes we'll be right back, and we'll get to the Body part. Az: Before you all leave, guys, listen up, please. The way that we run our gatherings here is a bit of a privilege and there's been some push back tonight on the early hours about noise. In here, it's our business. Out there, it's other people's business. The deal we have with the Doubletree is that if we are in here in the nighttime/early morning, then we go back real quiet, and that hasn't been happening this weekend. So sense, sensitivity is all. 


Saturday Lecture 2 [Audio Track 4] A‘sha Still coming. Still coming. Ah! There‘s the door open again. (chuckling) I‘m waiting for the rest of the people to come in. Alright-y! OK. Now, I‘ve decided if we can get printing services for where we could do it for everybody, I think I would like to be able to give you this one, and also the larger one that shows the whole context of the whole map, where you see these in relation to the…at least the Eckasha level. Now, we‘ve been talking about the structure of Probabilities and the alignments of Probabilities in relation to the Cosmos, and it is also the same structure that is part—on a microcosmic level—of our own anatomy. Of our own Spirit-Body Anatomy, and our Light-Body Anatomy. And what is interesting is, the problems that we have seen occurring where we have these Black Hole fallen system issues over here, and we have these interfaces here. We have the Milky Way, it‘s off-kilter and we happen to live there, which means our bio-fields are going to be following this pattern. What we need to do is bring them back into the original pattern of the M31 Angelic Human system—as far as the Aquari humans—and that will enable us to. We‘ve prepared our Mind before in Sliders-1, where we got our Pentagonal Flows going and all sorts of other things that were needed before we could do this, but now we have to begin the process of making the GreatCrossover while the Time Period Alignments allow for it before we phase out of alignment— direct alignment—with the M31 System.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 61 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

We will phase back into it. By the time we reach 2012, we‘ll have gone through from the MetaGalactic-6, Galaxy-1 Alignment, to Meta-Galactic-6, Galaxy-12 and then to the 12:12 MetaGalaxy Alignment. So there is a lot of shifts that are still going to occur, and we have to pick up this connection, this link into M31, before we get into the Galactic Alignments that would correspond to…let me see. To here. Right about here we‘d start phasing out, which would be Meta-Galactic-4…wait a minute. Yeah, I have to look at a different map to do this one, because I‘m getting my Galaxies and Meta-Galaxies twisted. But anyway, I will show you those on the maps for tomorrow. What I want to show you for tonight is how these maps begin to plug in to our biology, and if we can go back to remembering we‘ve talked about the Kathara Grid, and we‘ve talked about the Shields, where we have our E-Umbic Shield down here, and we have our Azur-A Shield here, and we have our Rajhna Shield that comes out here. If you can imagine that on a horizontal plane we have that programming, literally, this entire structure is encrypted in our Shields, but also on a vertical level. Which means we have this…these spheres within spheres, that actually contain our Probable-Selves, and our other Incarnational-Selves that are in various locations throughout these systems. And we know our Self as one that has to do with the coordinates of where we are. But we also have other Simultaneous-Selves, but they wouldn‘t appear simultaneous because there appears to be time distance and space distance in between these spaces. Just like there‘s 2.5 million light-years between these two systems. So there would appear to be time and space, but it‘s actually all occurring at once. What‘s interesting is when we start to see how this plugs in not to just the body, but also to the brain. And since this is the Sliders-4 Workshop where we‘re again, instead of just preparing the Mind, now we are freeing the Mind. And just like in Sliders-1 we started with Mind, because…kind-of-like ‗as above, so below‘. So, the D-3 Mind controls the D-2 Telluric Body—Physical Body—and the D-1 Etheric Pattern. And the Density Level—the D-1 Level—controls the D-3. So we are working with the Atmic Levels—the D-3 Atmic Levels—and the Density-1 Ketheric Levels in this workshop, in order to begin that Crossover Shift. We‘ll be able to do the mental shift activations during the period of this workshop. In the next one we‘ll cover the anatomy and related things that go with doing that to the Physical Body Structure. Now in this one, when we make these shifts, it begins to shift the part of the DNA that is…corresponds to the D-3 Atmic level, and that happens to be called the Epi-genetic Overlay which is a chemical sheathe around the DNA that actually controls the function of the DNA. It‘s something science has already found and discovered. They know it‘s there but they‘re not sure what it does exactly. The Epi-genetic Overlay has to shift before you can shift what the Gene Code is doing. And, the object of shifting…what we need to shift is our atoms‘ ability to align with what frequencies that are coming through as Cosmic Rays, that come through our Sun, that comes from …the chain of command that goes all the way up to these systems. We are receiving transmissions all the time on this planet, just like any other planet would. The Universe is full of electromagnetic transmissions of frequency. It‘s full of radio waves. We are continually…we are receivers, and also transmitters of those waves. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 62 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Right now, we have our receivers tuned only to the main frequencies coming from the Milky Way Galaxy. We have some…we have begun to have some, because some of us—mostly the people that come to these workshops were born with receivers—dormant, but usually at birth—but receivers that would pick up some of the frequencies that would come in from the Host. And that‘s the only reason why we ever even tripped over the work, or found the work, or were able to transmit the work, as far as we were concerned. We were born with some of those in it. Most people that come to these workshops were born with some of those receivers too, because it enabled you to receive the information and the frequencies that were coming in through the Host, even before we understood the scope of the Host. So, when we work with the Epi-genetic Overlay and the D-3 level of the Mind, we‘re going to… there‘s a particular activation that—the first one—that has to do with the brain. I imagine both of them have to do with the brain. But there‘s a particular Triangulation that needs to open in order to begin to make the bridging link into this system here, so we can begin bringing in frequencies from this system to start helping our atoms align to the natural orientation of the M31 Hosting System. Now, to have our atoms align means we have to shift the angle that the Ah-VE‘-yas Body is on. The Ah-VE‘-yas Vibrational Water Body that we‘ve talked about, because that is the part that controls the Ah-VA‘-yas level which is the Oscillatory Body that has to do with the Light Body, and you can‘t shift the physical atoms until you shift those structures. So, that is what we are attempting to achieve, which we will achieve during this period of this workshop. So, to…well, tonight, or tomorrow morning, whatever it is, (chuckling) there will be the second activation. But the first one... and this one thankfully, they said the activation itself is simple, it‘s a simple quick meditation, it‘s not like ‗going journeying off in the Universe‘ for an hour and a half. No! (audience laughing with A‘sha) And same with tomorrow‘s activation, or, the next activation. The next session‘s activation. But there will be two techniques that we‘re also given tomorrow to use, one of which they said is something that‘s not just a one-time. One is a one-time shot, that you just do it and then you don‘t have to use it again. The other is something you can use at home. So I don‘t know what they are yet. So they‘re coming tomorrow. But for the remainder of today, this morning, whatever it is. We‘re going to see how these plug in to the body structure, and I do apologize, these diagrams are not nearly as neat as these. These I had time because I had to clean these up, because if I had any of them messed up or wrong, it would have thrown off the alignments. It would have thrown off the Codes. And I don‘t know why the Beloveds can‘t sometimes just say, ‗Here just use these numbers‘. ‗It goes with maps‘. But I guess it wouldn‘t be as interesting for everybody and we wouldn‘t pick up the frequency, because again the maps work like Codes, where they actually encrypt and wake up the encryption. The pieces of the encryption you carry with you. So it‘s worth it in spending the hours. This one took me almost all day to get this from the rougher versions of the smaller one. What‘s really wild is if you take a…like a small detailed one, and then you blow it up on a photocopier, you see really how messy it is right? (chuckles) And then you have to go clean up all of the lines, tweak the alignments, that kind of stuff. But we had to be able to see the interfaces of these, of different Gate Sets, because…these are suns basically. Stars, Suns, and so are these. These are on the Galactic levels. Galactic Suns. And The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 63 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

these are M31 Galactic Suns. Here, when we‘re down in the Milky Way, there‘s collections of Suns. This would just be in our Universe-1, at this…no, not Universe-1 sorry. Galactic-1. So there are these circles of Suns around each of these larger Galactic Suns. You have Galactic Suns and you have the larger ones which are the Veca Suns that span the whole Veca Set. And these are literally, they are communications that take place between the specifically encrypted Suns, Solar Systems, Stars. So we get transmissions literally all the way from the Eckasha-Aah on down, all the way through. The Milky Way is twisted basically, because it should be getting information from its Ecka—the Core of its Veca, whole Veca System—the Ecka. And it should be coming down. If it was going to hit this axis, it should come down here and this way, but it actually bends and shifts down here. So part of the transmissions—the natural transmissions from the Ecka and beyond—come through into M31, and the other part gets bent and twisted down into the Milky Way System. And this is the system that interfaces directly with the Black Hole System and the Veca-2 Black Hole that is within the Bourgha Black Hole Alignment, which is this little arc here. So, we‘re going to see what this means in relation to our bodies and our brains, and again these graphs aren‘t as fine-tuned as this one, but it‘s enough to give you the idea so we can get to understanding what the activation is that‘s going to be coming in. Next one, please.

[11:21] (Graph) Messy but true! Now this is…see this little Kathara Grid here? I don‘t have the numbers where everything…anybody that knows Kathara Grids by now gets the shape. You‘d have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. That would be the Kathara Centers. So this is just the shape of the Grid implying the rest. This is the D-3 one. We‘ve shown other diagrams where we showed the D-2 one embedded in that, and the D-1 one embedded in that. But right now we‘re dealing with the D-3 Mental-Body level, and also with the next level up, which is the Density Kathara Grid. We just don‘t have room to put the tips on it. So this is…this section here that‘s a square, on the D-3 Level? This is the same thing corresponding to the Density level, the larger one around us. Now, as we probably remember from Kathara, each one of these has a Shield, a spinning Shield on a horizontal plane that goes out this way. Each one of these lines. So you have here, the one that connects in with the Rajhna, which is called the Rajhna Lock. And that would be the Rajhna Shield in the Density-3. This one would connect in with the Azur-A, and the Azur-A Shield. This one would connect in with the E-Umbi, the E-Umbic Shield. And then we have these larger Shields that are the same equivalent. This would be the E-Umbi Shield but on the Density Level, not the D-3 Level. The same place they all line up on the Azur-A Shield coming out the center. And then up here you would have the Rajhna Lock and the Density3…I mean the Density-3 Shield of the Density-1 Kathara Grid. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 64 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So, now with this alignment. As we see, we‘ve taken that map where we have our…here we go. (chuckles) Here we have the Black Hole Interface coming in from the Parallel System. So that‘s the overlap and I just cut the one sphere off. This is our Veca-5. So we have them in the Shields laying horizontally as encryption, but we also have them vertically around us as spheres. Spheres within spheres. And they are literally, they are the places in our fields that receive directly the transmissions from the corresponding levels of the Planet, the Sun, the Solar System, the Galaxy, the Meta-Galaxy, the Veca, etc. And this particular set is…this is the correct alignment of the Universal Veca-5 Shield, the vertical one. We‘re centered at the Azur-A. Now that one point which was that big ball? That was where the Ecka Core was, right? That would be coming off…up there. Because…now it‘s not centered on the 12 of the Kathara Grid, because of that off-set between the Spirit Body Structure and the Light Body Structure. The Kathara Grid goes with the Light Body Structure. This would be the natural offset for the Spirit Body structure. So that positions all of these Probability Domains on the Meta-Galactic level, and then the smaller ones within, in this area. Now, we‘re dealing with this area here, right in our Fields, and that would be over on this side. Here is where we‘ve got the natural alignment that was coming from the Ecka. Would be right, here. The sphere that‘s here. That would be the natural alignment. That‘s actually where you could read your life, it‘s like living memory. You could actually tap into your other Simultaneous-life-selves that are occurring in those other Matrices, and there‘s areas in your field that you can know how to project to, in order to reach that information from that space-time coordinate. So, it‘s actually all around us. All of our other lifetimes. All of our other things. It doesn‘t mean that they‘re not in their own space-time co-ordinate. They are. Just like you are. And they‘re physical in their way. But you can actually move you consciousness back and forth through… from yours to theirs, if it‘s an open-flow system. But because we‘re in the Milky Way, there‘s all sorts of twists and blockages. Here would be the natural organic alignment where we would have the M31 System of Meta-Galactic-6. But over here, is that twisted bend that we have of the Milky Way System. So this you could say is our Living Milky Way Memory Matrix happening over here. And over here is where we‘re getting the frequencies coming in from the Black Hole Systems. Directly from the Black Hole Systems. Now, this is…we would get these anyway, but if we had the natural alignments they would override the influences of these systems coming in, and be able to transmute those frequencies so we wouldn‘t be harmed. But, our entire Gene Code and our Atomic Structure, because of the tilt and encryption encoding of our Ah-VE‘-yas Bodies, that‘s those little, the little water spheres. And I think they‘re called, they call them Water Gel. That‘s not exactly Hydro-Gel. But the Ah-VE‘-yas Body is made of those Hydro-Gel spheres around the atoms, and that right now, their angle, as far as if they‘re supposed to be tilted one way, they‘re tilted the Milky Way way, and that‘s not the way they need to be tilted, they need to be tilted the way of the natural structure. So, it‘s because of that biologically phaseThe MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 65 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

locked tilt of these structures you don’t see, that the atoms are phase-locked into the Milky Way System. It‘s also why the Mind is phase-locked in to the Milky Way System. Where the neuro-networks that would normally go with that other alignment, do not open from birth. They don‘t open, they don‘t develop. They are still a dormant potentiality, but they don‘t open. And yes you can open new Neuro Networks, even if you‘re a million years old. So, (chuckles) part of what we are working on, is progressively building the structures that will allow those. We are working with the Atmic level right now. It will be when we move into the Telluric level—after we set these patterns—that we‘ll be able to start…bring that more fully into the Physical-Body Structure. But it has to be set within the Density-1 level and within the D-3 Level— the Mental-Body level—of the fields, before it can manifest or materialize on the Physical level. So we are in a process of opening new Atmic Mental-Body neuro-networks. It also has to do with what chemicals form in the brain. What types of brain chemicals, what their balances are, and what capacities the brain and Physical-Body have. The brain is not the Mind. The brain is a tool that the Mind uses to express itself in a 3-dimensional hologram. But it is not the Mind itself. The Mind is a much bigger portion of Consciousness, and it spans numerous dimensions. So anyway! This is the basic layout, where we‘ve got in front of us here, those—actually they‘re over on this side—those areas that are the Living Matrix, and you can project into them. Start looking around. And you can learn to use tones, because they‘re going to give us the Base Tones for the numbers that you can call which places you want to see, and start learning to project. But, we can only project within a limited space right now because of the Milky Way block. So as we open the connections and begin to open the link into the Andromeda System—the M31 System— we will be able to have much more freedom of projection and of movement. And we‘ll also be able to move our Jha-DA‘ Bodies in a much…much more deeply into the Aurora Continuum. So let‘s see. Next one please…

[19:10] (Graph) Now I‘ll show you the alignment. This was the correct alignment even though you have Black Holes happening over there, somewhere else in the Universe. They shouldn‘t be running through the system. But it‘s because this alignment is off. Remember, that was over there. This is the alignment that‘s happening now with the Physical Bodies, and what it‘s doing is bringing in the twist, where the—let‘s see—there‘s a lot to explain on these and I‘m not too good at it yet. But it brings that Black Hole interface in—right here—literally, through our head. Yeah! The—let‘s see— I‘m trying to see if I can describe it. I didn‘t have time to write all the particulars down, (chuckling) so it‘s like OK, let‘s see if I remember exactly what that meant. It means that instead of the natural structure coming through here, the Black Holes are actually transmitting to us from the…this would be Milky Way Meta-Galactic-12 would be over here. We‘re The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 66 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

actually getting blasted right through into the Azur-A, and this area, from those systems. We‘re receiving direct transmissions, and this is only dealing with the large vertical Shield. It gets really interesting when you start looking at the horizontal Shields, because it comes in through the horizontal Shields and then projects out into the 3-dimensional structures around us, of this. So, this is kind of like…you could consider it your Holographic Memory Bubble that is actually around you. Your thought forms and your other life forms are actually all around you, but they‘re also encoded as encryption in the flat Shields that run at the Rajhna, the Azur-A and the E-Umbi, as well as the ones that are higher than that and lower than that like Maharic Shield. They‘ll talk about that probably when we get into the Physical Body Structure part I think in Slide-5. But for now, this creates all sorts of messy alignments. And it would probably be easier to go back and forth, where you see the…let‘s see. I want to see if I need to put both of them on that one that I showed where it was the map itself. (A&A discussion) Yeah! If I can like move this guy over and put the map on, I just want to see. It‘s hard to get these aligned right? It took me a while. Yeah! Usually I put little versions so you see ‗Yeah that‘s part of that‘, but I didn‘t have time to do all that either. (Az speaking) It‘s rough. (A‘sha to Az) Find this one, the big one. Find the big one and stick it at that angle. (chuckles) I know it‘s challenging. It‘s down…that‘s the big one. Find the big one.

[22:03] (Graphs) So basically, it looks like our Higher-Self is in the Black Hole at the moment as far as the frequencies go. Oh! (chuckling) Now we‘re really having problems! There we go. That gives you the basic idea of how those maps fit, right? So you line it up with the Ecka, and that should be over here actually, in the other graph with the body on it that we showed you where the correct alignment was. And literally the frequencies come in, we‘re picking up these waves, these information waves, these electromagnetic waves, through the Spirit-Body/Light-Body Structure from the Cosmos and the Universe and stuff. And they come down certain pathways directly into our body and into our Shields. And then once they‘re in our Shields, they project out into the Spirit-Body/Light-Body Structure and the Atomic-Body Structure. And, because we‘re aligned right now with not only the twisted MilkyWay, but what‘s being transmitted through its Core—what‘s being transmitted through the Procyak Black Hole—are the frequencies that are coming from Veca-2 Core Black Hole System, that‘s connected with the Bourgha Black Hole System. So it is a whole chain of links of transmissions that are coming in. They‘re using the people on the planet to be able to beam this stuff into them so it gets beamed into the Planetary Grids. That‘s how they‘ve corrupted this planet in the first place, by corrupting the life forms that lived on it. And fortunately we still have the ability to reverse corrupt our Gene Code and that kind of thing. But it isn‘t easy. We‘ve been working for ten years just to get to the point where we could know about this and work with these activations. But that is a victory. When we…tomorrow we‘ll look a little bit more at how huge this really is. What we‘ve managed to do in ten years, we have been trying to do for millions of years down here on Earth to actually make the Crossover Link, to The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 67 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

actually be…well we were hoping to pull the planet with it, but that‘s not going to happen. But at least we can get a little bit of the Grids out, and we can get beings out, still into the Ascension Systems. But with the interfaces that we had with these Black Holes when we were in those other Galactic Probabilities—or Meta-Galactic Probabilities—it‘s amazing we didn‘t fall then. The system didn‘t fall in those periods. So, I think we‘re probably doing pretty good, even though we‘ve spent ten years having to learn about „Now what‟? (chuckles) You know? Negatives happening. So, we are in the beginning of the last processes involved with healing the body so the bodies can begin to actually Slide out of here, and then come back hopefully. I think it would be great to be able to Slide for…‗Oh wow!!! We did it. Yeah! We got over there‘. But then, like have a nice little rest, but then come back. If we got to Slide, you realize we would actually be able to come back at what time coordinate we wanted to? Like you could come back, three minutes before you left, (response from audience) right! Which means, somebody here wouldn‘t have to miss you! (audience responds) Yes! It could get very, very interesting once you get good at those things (chuckling) right? But! Anyway for now, let‘s worry about getting us to Slide, (audience & A‘sha having a laugh) and then worry about when we come back and forth. (A‘sha responding to Az) Yeah, you can take that off now. Next one, please…

[25:18] (Graph) That was just to show you that this Living Memory Matrix, where is our Mind? Well part of our Mind is here. Where is our memory? Part of it is in the atoms and cells itself. Part of it is in this structure, and this structure has to do with the Ah-VA‘-yas and the Ah-VE‘-yas Bodies that are connected to our atoms. Now this one is showing…now the other one showed the whole Veca Shield right? This one is showing the Meta-Galactic Shield. That is only the Meta-Galactic Shield level. Those little parts. There should only be one, but because the Milky Way is split off from the Meta-Galactic-6, we end up with two of them. They said the Meta-Galactic Shield of…what do they call it? V-5A. It‘s associated with Veca-5A which was the natural one that goes with the Andromeda thing, and V-5B is the one that goes into the twist that goes down into the Milky Way. But the Meta-Galactic Shield should align at 15 degrees clockwise in the D-3 Rajhna Shield. So instead, Milky Way Galactic-1 aligns, placing this point, Veca 5B in Chakra 12 above the head, and the Milky Way Meta-Galactic-6B Procyak Black Hole connection, in the D-3 Rajhna and Pineal. So you literally have got a Black Hole in the middle of your Pineal that comes out your nose. (audience reacting) Where‘s Procyak happen? Right through your head and through the Vagus Nerve stuff and…yeah! Oh, it‘s quite horrible actually. (chuckling) It‘s like ‗Ooohh, get it off me‘! (A‘sha & audience laughing) It‘s like me with bugs, ‗Oh get it off me‘! Get it off me‘! I‘m such a sissy with bugs, I really am. (laughing) Good thing I‘m not a sissy with Black Holes. (having a laugh)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 68 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Alright-y! So what we‘re seeing here is the mis-alignment. I didn‘t have time to do them both, but this is showing the mis-alignment of it where we end up with the…this one is the MG. When you see the ‗MG-B‘ that means the Meta-Galactic-B1 for 6. 6B. And 6A is the one that goes with Andromeda. 6B is the center of the Milky Way one. So 6A. I believe MG-6A is up here. That is the Core of the Andromeda one, so the Andromeda one is hanging up here. But right centered dead on us, is the Milky Way one. So we‘re literally phase-locked in to the Milky Way structure. It‘s controlling our Living Memory Matrix and what we can perceive of our Memory Matrix. When we see what this looks like through the horizontal Shields that correspond with the brain which would be the D-3 Rajhna Shield, it gets even more interesting. I haven‘t had time to clean these up well, but you can get the gist of the idea, and I‘ve highlighted the things that are most important to understand about this. Next one please…

[28:23] (Graph) A&A: I have the numbers on them. I had them the way I wanted them in the pile. I think it was H1A. Yeah. Thank you Alright. Now, just so you know, this brain diagram looking at brain from top right with eyeballs. That‘s the front. You‘re facing front. It‘s like looking down at the top of your head. This is from medical book stuff where it‘s showing you have your …like the Pineal area and various other parts that I can‘t even pronounce. (chuckling) And your Optic- Track. You have your eyeballs! Those I can pronounce. And this is the side view, if you‘re this way. It‘s showing your---let‘s see---your Hypothalamus and your Optic Nerve. And we had a whole thing that we talked about in the Pituitary Gland and all these things. And the Pineal of course back here. We…quite a few years ago we talked about the…what was it called? The Triangulation? I don‘t even know. The Le-TeU‘-A is part of it, but there was a something-orother Triangulation that has to do with the natural interactions that are supposed to take place in relation to certain areas here, that have to do with processing Heliotalic frequencies from the Ecka and stuff like that, that have been shut down because of the mutation. Well this is going take it a little bit further. And it showed us something fascinating, and they just showed me this so I haven‘t been able to develop it much, but I wanted you to know that this diagram here, is the one that you will see the map embedded over. And it will show you some interesting things even though it‘s messy, because I didn‘t have time to reduce the line quality on this, so it overwhelms a bit, being able to see what the maps are showing. So I‘ll eventually have to clear those up. There was just not time to do it at all or we just never would have got here. But it will show you some fascinating things about…it‘s going to show you what the eyes do first of all. What they‘re supposed to do. And then what they actually do now that…because of the distortion. It will also lead us up to where we can see on the maps where this triangulation is and what it‘s about—that has to do with an Adjugate Bond—and where that has to do with our brains, and what is going to be the first transmission that we are going to do something very simple, to go up and The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 69 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

receive with the Beloveds, because you‘ve already gone in to the Jha-DA‘ Body State in the Aurora Continuum. You‘ve already done that exercise. So there‘s a part of you that is hanging there with the Ah-JhU-na‘‘ and waiting. So that part will be…will finish what it‘s doing when we get through this and get the final activation, so I‘ll show you what the activation‘s about. Next one please…

[31:07] (Graph) First of all, if you look at that same brain but bigger, you can see this. Now this again is text book stuff—out of medical book type things—where it shows the currents of the eyes, what they do right now, where light bends and comes in and hits the lenses of the eyes and transmits information to the brain and the whole bit. And there‘s actually these flows where you get a left, and right, and a left, and a right flow, coming in to each eye, and this point in the middle—that gives you your point of focus in the middle—this isn‘t a natural configuration for how eyes are supposed to work. It actually gives you a bi-polar visual field that appears to be one, but the frequencies are messed up. So we‘ll just…we‘ll look at these right now, and I‘ll show you…like this is where this one points out—that eyeball points out there—that one points out there, and it gives you a middle range that you actually see as your center of vision. Your focused vision. And this is a distortion caused by the mutation, and what this mutation does in relation to the brain. Next one please…

[32:25] (Graph) Yeah! (chuckles) Yeah, this is why I wanted you to see what the brain and the eye stalks and stuff looked like before I put the map over it, because it‘s very hard to tell what you‘re looking at here. Now this one says, ‘Correct alignment of the Density-1 Universal Veca-5 Shield, as it steps down through the D-3 Mental Atmic Shield at the D-3 Rajhna‘. So this would be like looking down at the encryption as it runs through the Rajhna Shield through the brain, but it‘s the Density level that has the whole Veca level in it. This would be the center of the Veca Shield. The natural alignment would have…and again you‘re facing this way, looking down like that. So, this point here, would be—where am I. (chuckling) I‘m getting dyslexic—out there. Yeah! Rear left. That would be the natural axis that coming from the Ecka, frequency would flow in, and it would go out that eyeball. Frequency from here would normally flow from M31 number…what number is that? Might be 11. I have to look up what number it is because it got cut off the bottom. But it would…this would come this way. (A‘sha to Az) Bring them back to the eyes please. Yeah, yeah, yeah. And flow out, and actually what…there‘s two flows. One would go out, go all the way up and around and come back in the other eye. And the one from this side would come out there, and come back around this way. You would not have this crossover here. The crossover would take place in the Pineal region, and it would give you a much further extended field of vision actually, and you would actually have it going between all of them. So you would have 360 vision all the way around your head. And above The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 70 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and below as well. You wouldn‘t need eyeballs on stalks to do the rest of it, because it would all come through one main Hologram that you would see, but you would be able to actually get the peripheral vision wherever you pointed these 2, would be what you saw in front of you. But you would get the peripheral vision all the way around 360. And it‘s a simple flow where you have, say, starting with the Ecka. It comes in, loops around, comes back down. At the same time, another one‘s going this way, coming back around. And they cross over up at the top and create like a moment point of focus, and that‘s the moment you see ―This is my now moment, this is my conscious presence moment.‖ And there‘s points in there where you actually flash on and off, where we actually are partly in our Ah-VA‘-yas Body I believe, which are the Thermo-Gel ones that have to do with the Ah-VE‘-yas, but are different. Where our atoms flash off but it‘s sequenced in a way that we don‘t see the flash off and on of our own molecular structure. And this should be the normal flow. It would extend the field of vision quite far in to the distance, and also make it a 360 vision all the way around. And, there‘s a number of other things we‘ll learn about this. I haven‘t had time to identify what‘s connected to what, and that kind of thing. But I will identify which one is…this is the Ecka line, and coming straight through this should be number…this would be the M31 Shield here. It would be focused out the right eye. So that would transmit out that way and come back in the left eye. And then down here is where the Milky Way one would be with its twist. And here the energy would come in straight from here, or straight from whatever it‘s connected to down here, right? And that would be the main transmission path—like a figure eight through the head—but you‘d have the other figure eights as well. You would have the Core Flows—the Na-VA-HO Flows—that make up the shapes of the Allur-E‘ah Ra-sha-tan. Those flows would literally be flowing through your head. The Living Lotus right in your head. And when those flows are flowing and not only getting the projection outward of your vision, but it‘s also…it‘s creating the 3-dimensional Living Memory Matrix all around you, where you could actually focus attention into any of those streamers going out into the Light Cells, or the Spirit-Body Cells, that would let you tap into any of your other Incarnations in all of those other space time systems. But unfortunately this isn‘t what‘s working right now because of the distortion. Here it should be coming…the main flow from the Ecka should be coming in from the back. The left rear. And instead, this is changed. It‘s rotated. And it ends up with putting the Milky Way right at the center where it‘s controlling the Pineal and completely changing the eye structures, where instead of just going out and crossing through up there—but not splitting or anything—the currents stay the same and flow. And that changes with…in the next diagram that shows when—with the alignment wrong—what occurs. Next one please.

[37:56] (Graph) Now, remember over here was where that alignment was supposed to be? This shifts it all the way over here to the right side of the head. This means that the natural flow from the M31 would come The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 71 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

down. . .where am I. . .this way. It would be this line. What happens here instead, is you‘ve got the…from Milky Way Meta-Galactic-12. Now this interfaces directly. This goes all the way in to the Core. It goes through Parallel Earth actually, and into that Veca-2 Core that is fallen. So we actually get transmissions back here that are received by portions of the brain back in this area, that are sent in, and then portions of currents are drawn from our Ecka, but then they‘re twisted and hijacked from these other currents. And instead of having the direct line of transmission from M31 coming in, we end up with this coming in, and actually pushing this one and distorting it, and hijacking the currents that would come in from the Ecka—the natural ones—and sending them out on this axis out the right eye, They actually bend here. So these currents that would normally come straight through into the alignment of the M31 actually bend and—because of this other current coming in from the Black Hole Systems—bend and project out at a different angle through here. They go through the equivalent spot that…and it‘s right there in the optic whatever they‘re called. The things, the eye stalks I call them (chuckling) because I don‘t have my formal words. But, right about here is the center of the Meta-Galactic-6B, which is Milky Way. „B‟ refers to the Milky Way one. So they come out here, and they actually transmit out the right eye. At the same time, you‘ve got currents…these are those. These…it‘s because they bump into each other actually, in the Pineal area region. And these bend over this way and come out—and this is directly from the Black Hole—come out, project out the left eye, and…(A‘sha to Az) Could we bring that down a little bit more please? And what these currents do…because there‘s the natural structure here, if you looked at the maps. I‘m just bringing it out to show what that alignment is. In between this one which would be Milky Way Meta-Galactic-5 encryption, and Milky Way Meta-Galactic-6 encryption, they actually exist as certain crystallizations within the Ah-VE‘-yas Body in…that correspond directly to the eyes. So they‘re like hidden eye crystals that you can cut an eyeball open and you‘re not going to find them. But they are actually. There is a…there‘s something in there you could find, but it‘s a chemical that—as opposed to a structure on the physical level—but it‘s a crystal structure that shouldn‘t be there on the Atmic Level. And what happens when the currents come in, hit each other and bounce, the one that used to be the natural one, comes and goes up this way, so this is let‘s say the right current. The right current comes up. The left current comes up the other side. And normally the left goes over this way, and the right goes over that way, and they make a full circulation. Instead, what happens here, is they run into the basic frequencies that are transmitted through from this area which is…on the maps you‘d see that the M31 Meta-Galactic-7 line runs in between those two lines. So there‘s actually structures that when these currents hit them, they can‘t go past them, and it makes them reverse and split. So you have the right current coming up, crossing that center point in front of you, which it should just keep going and come back around in circulation. It doesn‘t. It hits this point and—at the same time that the other one coming the other way does—and the right one splits. One part of it goes back this way, splits into two. One comes back this way. This right one comes this way, crosses over, and goes into the left eye. This part of the right one that split, comes back down the same The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 72 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

way it went up, and goes back in to the right eye. Same thing happens at the same time over there where you have the left currents out-going. They come out. They come out. They hit that part. They reverse and split. And one set comes down and crosses over and goes into the right eye, and the other part that‘s split, comes back the same track it was on and goes back into the left eye. And this gives you this other field of…it‘s like a, what do they call it. Myoptic Lens I believe. It has to do with what‘s happening in here, but it creates a shorter focal point first of all. It. . . where normally your focal point would be anywhere out here, and on the whole 12 different radius around you. Where it shuts the flows down to just these, and it creates this cross-over current, which keeps a polarized field, where you have a completely polarized field in…a polarized Light Field that you are actually perceiving. And it is…it gives you a different experience or perception of the Hologram than the natural Unified Field would be. It means you can only see certain type things within certain frequencies and everything else is blocked out. Another thing it does. (A‘sha to Az) Could you pull it up please honey. When those currents split they come back. They come back through the eyes. Come back this way again, and project back out. And it creates like a memory bubble. A reversed polarized memory bubble out the back of your head, just as if you have this one—that is your present moment that you are seeing, and it‘s actually…you‘re projecting your future through it, and you‘re only seeing part of it as it‘s coming back. But you‘re also projecting out the polarized memory pattern from behind, and this is literally controlling what frequencies are activating within that larger structure of the map that we saw within the Spirit-Body Structure around us. So this, it completely alters our perceptions and not just our eyes. It connects into all of the sensory perceptions. It blocks our sensory perceptions from seeing anything but the phase-locked Hologram. And as we begin…we‘ve been working progressively to open these things, and some people have a bit more opening than others, but, eventually we will all be able to experience and perceive. And for a while…because we‘ll be in a blended system for a while, we got until 2230AD if everything goes well before the Load Out is done, and during that period of time we will have a period of where these systems are still blended, which means you should be able to shift from one set of focus to the other, as far as what you‘re perceiving. So our perceptions should progressively be opening as we work more with these type of activations because they are going to literally open the new neuro networks that correspond with the natural Shield, which is this one. The M31 Shield. And notice that corresponds, that Shield corresponds with the left side of the brain, and the other one corresponds with the right side of the brain which is the Milky Way one. Corresponds with the right side of the brain. I haven‘t even had a chance to ask, but I bet there‘s some interesting things about why we read the way we do from left to right, and those kinds of things. Connect in to what this is about. I don‘t have the answers to those yet, but I‘ve got quite a lot of questions. So, we just wanted you to see. The Beloveds wanted us to see how these maps correspond with the Galaxy. How they also correspond directly with our anatomy, and what needs to be done first in creating this Crossover where we can literally bring back our natural encryption that goes with M31, so we can get out from under the perceptual harness. The bio-chemical perceptual harness of the brain. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 73 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

They wanted us to see this so we could see what is called the 3:3:3 Triangulation, which is the first activation that needs to take place. And it‘s not a heavy journey technique or anything. But it is something they‘re going to have us do something to anchor the first part of it. There‘ll be another part of it tomorrow. This part will take care of the Mental-Body part of the Atmic Structure—the D-3 Structure—and open the conduits between that and the Density-1 Structure which sets the ground for what we‘ll learn in the next two Sliders, about doing the D-2 Level and the D-1 Levels so we can get our system fully on-line with the new Coding. With the Crossover Coding. Next one please.

[47:02] (Graph) More brains. I said more brains. (chuckles) This one is just showing you the correct alignment of the D-3 Meta-Galactic Shield. So the larger Shield that we showed you was the Density Veca – the Veca-5 Shield that‘s in the Density Templates as it steps down through into the D-3 Shield. But this is what‘s actually sitting in the D-3 Shield. And it has its own twisted alignments, and back here we‘ve got the, I believe…(A‘sha speaking quietly to herself) this one is this the Milky Way here? Wait a minute. This is the way it‘s supposed to be, yeah. M31 is supposed to be the encryption at center. It‘s supposed to be centered in the brain, controlling the Pineal with natural flows that would occur with the eyes and everything. And back here, this would be the area back in the right brain. Rear right brain is where you would have the correspondence to those Black Hole issues happening. But again if you had these frequencies turned on, you would be able to progressively transmute those frequencies so they wouldn‘t cause you harm. But this isn‘t what the alignment that we have. Instead see here, it says Veca-5A would be aligned with this point right here. Behind the left rear of the head, alright? But that‘s not the alignment we have. Next one please.

[48:31] (Graph) OK. This is showing the mis-alignment of the D-3 Meta-Galactic Shield in stretching through the Rajhna, where we have Milky Way Galactic-1 Alignment over here. It‘s a shift, a rotation of the thing where it has at the center, the Milky Way Shield. And the natural one is back here behind it. So it‘s literally, the Milky Way Shield is controlling the entire apparatus of the tool that is the brain. It is not the Mind, but it is controlling the brain. So it‘s not that we‘re being mind controlled, it‘s that we‘re being brain controlled. (chuckling) And there‘s a little bit of difference, but it kind of comes out to mean the same thing on this planet. Now, what this little interesting spot is. There are 3 spots that we‘ll look at one more time. We‘ll look at the map, the larger map of this, so we can clearly see what this alignment is. This has to do with what‘s called the: 3:3:3 Alignment, and it has to do with what‘s called the 9-Adjugate Bonding. So we have here, at the center. This would be the Meta-Galactic-6B. That‘s what‘s there The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 74 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

now, which is the one that corresponds to the center of the Milky Way Galaxy—or Milky Way Meta-Galaxy—which is the Procyak Black Hole System. Right there in our Pineal, controlling our Pineal. It‘s like our Pineal is a little radar machine, or a little receiver to pick up all those Black Hole frequencies. So we‘ve got that. And we‘ll see what these other 2 points are, because we‘re going to open this Triangulation, and this has to do with the 3:3:3 Triangulation. It‘s not too hard to see because—when you see on the maps—if you look back at what this is back here, we‘re in the M31 System. We‘re in Galaxy-3 in Solar System-3—in the Sun and Stellar-3, which would be Urtha, right? So, there‘s going to be transmissions given, but through the big sets that will communicate with these receivers in our brain in order to first, make that link. And it has to do with this spot that‘s not opened yet. And we‘ll see what that spot has to do with when we see the final diagram, and then we can probably come back to this for a minute if we need to. Next one please.

[51:00] (Graph) Now in our brains here‘s what that Triangulation is about in the Cosmos. Now first, here is the M31. This is the Veca-5. This is the M31 Meta-Galaxy. Not the red-outlined one, but this one here, is the Milky Way Galaxy. This one here. Now, what this red one outlined is, is if you look at the M31 Shield, its whole Veca Shield. Its Veca-5 Shield. That‘s this way. And this is the Meta-Galaxy-3. You bring it straight across the Meta-Galaxy-6A Alignment. You bring it straight across to its Adjugate. Adjugate is 9. Adjugate of 3 is 9. So we‘re using the Adjugate of…this is the M31 System still. This is the one underneath, right? By activating the Core of…this would be the Core of Meta-Galactic-3, and that‘s where the Urtha Systems are. If we open the Adjugate to that, we‘re able to create a Triangulation they can beam frequency through, from Urtha and the Solar System that Urtha is a part of, directly into and through the Milky Way Black Hole. The Procyak Black Hole at the center of the Milky Way. They can then also simultaneously beam it through Andromeda—because this is in Andromeda. The 9 is in Andromeda—through there, and then bend it back again to the Meta-Galactic Core and open…make that first link. Now they‘re going to show us what tomorrow, what the second part of the Crossover is about. We‘re going to be learning about the Crossover through the next 3 workshops literally. But there are 2 activations that—the key alignment activations—that are going to be done in this…today, or, with this workshop. So we are opening this Triangulation. That is the Triangulation that we saw in the brain as well. It is the same set. So there will be an interface opening in from M31 in their MetaGalaxy-9, and it allows us to link the 3:3:3. So that‘s why they call it the 3:3:3. But then Adjugate-9 Triangulation. That opens the link, and it begins. What these frequencies will eventually do, is make it strong enough where we have enough frequency boost to actually…when we naturally start moving with the flow of the Galaxies within our Meta-Galaxy-6, it will actually allow us to take the high road on these BPRs, or Base Pulse The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 75 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Rhythms, instead of the low road on the Milky Way ones we‘re programmed to. So we‘ll progressively begin the wake-up process by allowing the natural Codes of the M31 System to run back into our bodies like they should be. So it‘s the first step in setting our Mind free. Not just preparing it, but setting it free for Slide. There will be a similar level to do with the bodies as well. I don‘t know what that looks like, I can hardly wait for that one. Hope it doesn‘t involve any more exercises though. (A‘sha & audience having a good laugh) Oh gosh! You know. The Ah-RA‘-yas. I mean, they‘re great! (laughter) They do work! But, oh boy! I look forward to where you can just imagine yourself any shape you want, and bang! There it is. (appreciative laughter from audience with A‘sha) So anyway. This is going to be beamed tonight, and they‘re actually waiting for us to say we are ready. Usually, we show up on activations that are happening anyway. They‘re doing this specifically where it will come in to our system, because look where we are in relation to this. We‘re right here. That‘s their 3:3:3. Here‘s our 3:3:3. It‘s going to come right through Earth Core. So they‘re waiting for us to anchor it, because before it can go Earth Core fully, it can go through the Core of our Shield. So they‘re going to do our Shield first. But, these are the same things that are going to need to occur in the Net-Earth Shield just a little bit later than we have to, because they‘re a little bit behind our activation levels. So this will be the first one. They said it‘s very short as far as what needs to be done, and that‘s good because everybody‘s like…I don‘t know if you‘re like me, but I‘m ready to fall over with exhaustion. God! And I have more maps to do. Oh boy! But they‘re going to have us just do something, and they‘re going to have us do a really quick, get back into the Aurora Continuum in the Ah-JhU-na‘‘ State with just a couple of breaths, and just (breathes in) the Ah-VA‘-yas breathing, and then (breathes out) just feel yourself there. And then something—it‘s going to come through live—that your Ah-JhU-na‘‘, the Ah-JhU-na‘‘ that are working with you there. Just call them helpers at this point. The Ah-JhU-na‘ will…they‘re going to do something. And we‘ll let you know what that is as we move through it. They…Alright. They‘re saying something is going to be given by the Ah-JhU-na‘, and I‘ll see it when they start running it, because that‘s when I actually see it and I almost narrate. That‘s how the Wave comes through. But we‘re going to be given something, and we can choose what to do with it. We can use it now or later, because if you‘re new to the work and you don‘t know if you want to do an activation, there‘s never an obligation, but…so you can activate it at your own speed. But if you want to catch up with the second one for tomorrow it needs to be done before that one, they‘re saying. So, I‘m trying to see. They‘re showing little bits, and we‘re going to go into it in a minute. And even though…they‘re saying it‘s short enough where we don‘t have to do another break before we come back to do that because it‘s a short one. It‘s just a pick-up. Where we go up. Where we already were, and pick up a certain thing that they‘ll show us in a minute. And then bring that back, and when we lay down to go to sleep, is when we need to do something with it if we want to accept the activation at this time. So that‘s easy enough. So just…no yeah! Alright! I just got, ‗Give us a moment‘ OK. (chuckling)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 76 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

I‘m going to sit down for a second while we‘re giving them a moment. Oh the knees. (chuckling) Ouch! Hey, company on the ceiling! (chuckles) Good company! That was interesting. I think I‘m going to try some camera shots after we leave (chuckles) just to see. I‘d love to get some Krystar shaped Orbs. Alright, anyway.

[58:20] Technique Just take 3 gentle Krystar breaths where you (inhales) Rasha-Eira-Krystar (inhales) Now (exhales) (Participants do 3 Krystar breaths) And from this point just remember the Ah-VE‘-yas Breathing where you‘re breathing in and out through the spaces between your atoms. Just try to feel, touch base with that reality again. And now as you do this breathing, try to feel this amazing indigo blue light coming from the Aurora Continuum and flooding literally, into the spaces between your atoms, and then all around your atoms, to the point where it feels like your atoms are turning this lovely indigo blue light. And as you breathe, try to feel that indigo blue light surrounding every atom getting stronger and stronger. And try to see if you can imagine that if you could be seen from a distance, you would look like you were composed of billions of little Blue Dots. Try to see yourself in this way in your mind‘s eye for a moment. A form of, a 3-dimensional form made of little Blue Dots. Now they‘re saying take an inhale and hold (all inhale and hold). And on the exhale we‘re going to push forward in front of us our Blue Dot body. Exhale (all exhale) And if you‘ve pushed it out and it‘s still standing with its back to you, just mentally turn it around and realize it‘s part of your consciousness in there with your atom…part of your atoms‘ consciousness. Now give yourself a smile, and feel, see if you can feel there‘s this pillar of. . .it looks like very, very bright, but not blinding, bright, white light. A cylindrical pillar just dropping out of, literally, some Shield that‘s way up in…probably in the sky above us, but coming down like a tube over your Blue Dot body. And feel as the Blue Dot body breathes a breath out to you, (exhales) and it expands and duplicates the pillar. So it actually makes a bigger pillar that surrounds both of you. So you and you Blue Dot self now facing each other, are each within a pillar. Like one large one that surrounds you both, and then a smaller one that just surrounds the blue-self. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 77 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Now, inhale once more (all inhale) and use the exhale to push the Blue Dot body up the pillar, (all exhale) and imagine it going very quickly into the Aurora Continuum Space. The Blue Hall. The Indigo Hallway that you experienced in the other journey. Try to stay in touch with that part of your consciousness, even if you lose track of yourself where you can‘t see your blue-dot self, it‘s still there. And eventually you‘ll be able to keep those circuits opened. Or get them open and keep them open. But next. . . imagine your Blue Dot Body and the consciousness within it is standing up there and being greeted now by a beautiful Orb. And they‘ll be of various different colors depending on what mood they‘re in. They can do colors which ever they want. This is again, the Ah-JhU-na‘‘. They can take on a hominid form, light being form. But they also enjoy traveling in Orb. They‘re actually Conscious Air, but they enjoy being Orbs sometimes as well. So they‘re Orb-ing. And they‘re going…imagine for each of you that is there in the Aurora Continuum, it‘s as if a large Orb of pale pink light is actually surrounding your dotty blue body, where—your Blue Dot Body— where you can‘t really see each other, even though we‘re all up there. It‘s as is there‘s no-one else there in the Hologram that you can see, just you, and the Orb that will come to visit you. That is an Ah-JhU-na‘‘. And they‘re asking us now to do it with our physical hands too, but especially with the hands of your Blue Dot body up in the Aurora Continuum. Just put your hands out as if you‘re going to receive something. Like cup your hands out in front of you as if you‘re going to receive something placed in your hands. And see if you can observe what the Ah-JhU-na‘‘ are doing. They‘re hanging in front of us as Orbs where our blue bodies are, but they‘re also doing the same thing here in physical. And they‘re…Oh, this is cool! Looks like Orb birthing Orb. Oh, neat! They‘re sending out from the Center Core of their own Orb-Self, a little Orb that‘s about the size of a tennis ball. And, they‘re going to…they‘re sending it out, kind of going,(A‘sha makes a popping sound) It just pops out of their Orb and floats in the air for a second, and then gently kind of settles into your palms. Now this is a very special gift that is a quantum of frequency from the Andromeda Universe, the Adjugate-9 connection. It is like a little gift ball that has the Coding of the 3:3:3‘s and also the corresponding of the Adjugates, that will allow for—once it‘s used in a certain way, which is to be done right before you go to bed—it will allow for the opening of that Triangulation, the 3:3:3 Adjugate-9 Triangulation, to make the first part of the Crossover link. Try to feel the presence of the little…the baby Orb that was given to you. Try to feel that there‘s a sensation in…there should be a sensation in your palms. You might not be able to feel it but, I‘m feeling it. It‘s really warm and fuzzy. Warm fuzzy Orb. And they‘re saying that this is not something other than you. It‘s a part of your own self from the Andromeda System before the Milky Way fell. Because anything in the Milky Way had to pass The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 78 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

through Andromeda first, and it‘s an Orb that carries—almost like an egg—that carries your own original encryption from Andromeda. So it will set back into your Codes whatever the Coding for whoever you were when you came in to Andromeda as a Krysted being. And it will carry with it the first set of the encryption that is needed for the Crossover. So they‘re saying, carry it with you. You can like float it in your field. You can stick it in your pocket, if you want your pocket to feel warm, (chuckles) until you get upstairs and until you lay down to go to bed. And right before you go to sleep, while you‘re laying horizontal, they‘re saying to…let‘s see. (A‘sha listening to Beloveds) Do what? Right, yeah! You need to be laying horizontal. And just…Oh, OK! Take the Orb and, they‘re telling me, ‗Don‘t do it,‘ because I‘m ready to do it. What are you doing? ‗Don‘t.‘ You have to hang it up. OK it‘s warm, I like it. Alright. You would take the Orb and move it into your throat area where your 5th Chakra is, where your 5th and 8th Chakras actually are located, and just kind of give a little tap underneath it once it goes into your throat, and it will go up your Central Vertical Column and situate itself in the center area of your Pineal. But it will be like a tennis ball size that will open the frequencies in the center of the brain to the Adjugate-9, to begin the process of opening the circulation and the Atmic D-3 level neuro-networks, that are associated with being able to fulfill the Crossover.

[1:08:07] (End Technique) So, don‘t forget your Orb before you go to sleep. Your little one. Remember to do that. If you do forget it, you can do it tomorrow too. But if you do it before you go to sleep, there‘s something extra. And they said that‘s a surprise. (chuckles) Whatever! There is something extra that it might help you journey. I‘m not sure, but I got the feeling that you might have an interesting sleep. I don‘t know. And they said, ‗By the way if you have nightmares, don‘t get stuck in your own loops‘, because that‘s what a lot of times, if people have nightmares when they first start opening things, you got to remember we‘re all interfacing with Black Holes here alright? So you‘re going to get some nice stuff, and some weird stuff, but not…this should progressively, as you work with these technologies and get these circuits open, it should help with those kinds of things. Where you progressively get less and less negative dream and projection experiences. But, when things first open up, don‘t…you‘ve still got the frequencies coming in from the Black Hole sides. So if you have…wake up from a bad dream or anything, just ignore it. If you wake up with like, ―Oh the world‘s going to explode‖ don‘t! Just ignore it. (chuckles) It‘s just stuff that you‘re processing because you‘re going to start getting pieces of the other Probabilities. Actually, you‘re getting little fragments of them coming in. So don‘t like rush out and like go tell the world that the world‘s going to blow up tomorrow or something because you saw it in a dream, and it was really, really real. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 79 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

You‘re going to start seeing the memory Hologram in the different Probabilities in pieces, so don‘t let it scare you if that happens. But, you may also see the paradise ones. Or, you may all be so tired that you see nothing. Or, you saw stuff, but you have no idea what it was because you‘re too tired to anchor it to remember, which I don‘t doubt. That happens to me all the time. (chuckling) So you got the first part of the activation, once you‘ve set that in. Once you‘ve put it through, in through the throat. And then just a little tap on the bottom of it and it goes up inside. And then let it do its thing, it knows what to do. It is a part of your own First Encryption when you came in to the Andromeda System before the Milky Way fall which is billions of years ago. So, anyway, thank you for being awake, for being patient (applause) and, we‘ll see you today evening. Today‘s evening we will see you too. I would like to say eight o‘ clock, but I will see how these diagrams go. I will hopefully not have to push it this late again. But please bear with me if I do, because the information is…it…I don‘t know, I hope you enjoy the information. I hope you find it valuable because I certainly do. (applause) So, thank you very, very much, and see you soon. Very soon. Today, this evening. Have a good sleep. Have a good day. I‘m going to go get an hour‘s sleep and then go on the next series of diagrams. Night, night.

Sunday Technique Sequence [Audio Tracks 5-8] A‘zah There are still some empty seats and I‘m really a bit reluctant to do this until we are 99.9% of us here because, well whether you have the impression that we are going back to Sarasota to pick up on something that was relevant to Sarasota, or not, that would be not nearly a full description the significance why we are going back to something which is in Sarasota to do it here. And to do it here whenever we do a thing like it, there‘s usually a current, as well as an ongoing significance. And just before, oh well just before, everything is like just before, but over the last couple of hours, things have been developing which were immediately obviously connected to this, but in the half an hour before I came up or down, it became quite apparent. And before we‘re done with this session, one of the ‗activations‘ I think I can say…. And I am. I‘m up for a lobotomy, definitely! Pardon? Participant: Can you say that in English? A‘zah: Can I say that in English? Shall I take my teeth out to do that? I‘ll see you over one of your turtle‘s nests, Larraine. A form of brain operation, a kind of a removal of that which is no longer desired or required, to be replaced by something that is beyond value. Will that work for you? Participant: Yes! The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 80 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘zah: And this thing beyond value I believe is referred to as a mere cone but not with ice-cream in it – unless of course you choose that (chuckles)! And the product to the cone, if I‘m right, (and that remains to be seen, always) will be a personal connection to the Eckasha-Aah. There is a long time between now and when we get there but that is what I think is going to happen. And so, instead of us working with Harmonic Frequency Keys, which is what tones are, and we tend not even to think or remember that, as we speak, the inflection we use, the energy that we utilize in the tonal expression we call our voices, and the languages we use, the structure of the languages, the Krystic and non-Krystic language forms as well, all of them are continuously producing Harmonic Keys but in a rather low-key key way. What we‘re going to do is to utilize the Edonic Keys. And if I can just start, very quickly, and not presume to present the technical material with such élan—that‘s French—is that OK? Elan…comprehendes-tu? Non? Tough! OK, so where was I? Yes, I was just going to say that if I can just take you into the images that were presented this morning… God, this morning! I‘ve to deal with this morning, in which the relationship between the Meta-Galactic, the Galactic, the Solar, the Planetary, and our poor pathetic selves in biological form here was shown to us in such a dramatic way, yes? What happened in Sarasota was that we—what developed in Sarasota, leading to this Edonic Code Sequence and the Harmonic Key stuff was that we were just entering the very first stages of understanding the things that you saw yesterday or this morning, OK. And that had to do entirely with—depending on your taste for drama—the leap to Probability-6 or the shift to Probability-6. And looking at stuff at the kind of Meta-Galactic, Galactic, Solar, and Planetary Level, this is where it began. And I‘ve only put this here really for a couple of reasons: one is to show you the basis of how the… in a sense the outer, or beyond the biological…where the Keys came from and how they were given, and what they‘re related to. And very simply at the foot of this graph you have here the note: the 6th Probability Amenti Earth Vertical Probability Alignment, the Bud Gate Dial…the Dial-Up Code… which relates to all of the levels that Ash was pointing at yesterday. She built up the presentation involving the EckashaAah, the Eckasha-A, the Eckasha, and the Vecas, OK. So this is just to remind you that the context that we‘re operating at, even though we are going to perform this code, as it were, on a personal level we‘re working from ourselves out to Meta-Galactic Core and back again when we utilize it, and that is really the point I want to make and to ensure you realize that all of these dots are completely joined up and pick up very clearly with the most up-to-date information that you‘ve presented with most recently. And I‘ll link directly and explicitly this stuff that was shown in Sarasota. Now the only other practical things I need to point out to you are: if you look at the top to the left, you have a set of codes, which is the Probability Set relating to the Spirit Body. That‘s a set of a sequence of 4. A sequence of 4 Harmonic Keys relate—this is the call a coordinate set that set relates to the Light Body. And there is a 3 rd set called the Adjugate Set which also relate to the Spirit Body. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 81 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Now these are shown on the top right towards the bottom, and you‘ll see there the numbers. The Edonic Code is written there: Base Tone 5-11-12-4; next to it is the Over Tone 4-4-3-2, and next to that is the Resonant Tone 11-5-6-10. Now when we perform the Edonic Code, we actually use these ‗extra-terrestrial‘ codes at the front end, and they join with our personal biological lifetime codes, which I‘ll explain shortly, alright. So these things, they front-end the whole sequence, so when we do it, we will do, if you look there at the little number one: 5-11-12-4, that‘s the Base Tone, we do that one first. And we will do 12 rounds, each of 6 repetitions. In other words we‘ll do 5-11-12-(4) six times, and then 4-4-3-2 six times, and 11-5-6-10 six times, and we‘ll do all that through 12 times over before we come to our own personal biological ones, OK. And that will crop up in the ‗destructions‘ that follow. Did you get that, ‗destructions‘? In England that‘s called a malapropism if you‘ve been to high school. Now, in order to be able to accomplish all of this, we have to do a little bit of work. And in Sarasota—I remember this quite well because this is totally hot off the press—the ink was still wet, and I don‘t think I or Ash or anybody else really understood what we‘re supposed to do with it. But we did work it out, and we got it right in the end. Now, if I can just simplify this for you, using not terribly painfully acquired experience with—do you have your sheets yet by the way? Participants: No. A‘zah: Oh bugger! Mr. Byrd, do we have it back from Kinko‘s? Alright, OK if you can get a little distribution crew around you, which in asking the ever-willing Currie for the copy-set, we did manage to get a little chart pack sorted out for you. (Applause) I think it‘s about 11 pages, maybe 12, I can‘t remember exactly. But all of the hot stuff, all the essential stuff is in it. OK, a copy of this page is in it. You‘ll need to use it. And given the compression of getting things done and getting them in the willing hands, and getting them to Kinko‘s before Memorial Day holiday and the rest of it, we decided that for those people that weren‘t at Sarasota, who have since received a copy, not just of the technique we ran yesterday but also the codes that go with it, Mac and Tammy between them are going to arrange for you to be able to download the technique just the way the Sarasota people did, electronically. So you‘ll get your version of the technique through that, and you‘ll get your copies of the codes too, the Ah-LEi‘-yas. Alright, now, while these sheets are being given out, what I want you to do with them, OK, are the following things: Now if you just trust me with the math of this, if you count these dots, these are all to do with the Octants and the Accretion Rounds essentially, and they exist in 15 biological lifetime periods of 8 years: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, plus 1 is 15. So if you multiply 15 by 8 which is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 periods, 15 by 8 is 120, and you start with your year of birth which is 1, you come to a total of 121, and this is your lifetime period. I mean in The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 82 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

other words, this is spanning a period of time in which you theoretically may live for 121 years. But the key thing is that if you don‘t operate this backrun by this point, you‘re just going to drop off the game. And this is explained here, OK while we‘re waiting for the papers to come through. If you want to wrap this up in a nutshell then, both in your own terms and in terms of everything that exists between you and the Eckasha-Aah, the significance of what we‘re doing in the Sarasota context—excluding the cone and the lobotomy business—is reclaiming organic prior Accretion Cycle Activations that have been lost, alright. And the structural disablement, to use a natural word really, there has accrued over a period of time, on every conceivable level, right, has led to the point that we are fundamentally deficient in our ability to accomplish certain things, OK. And to put it simply, it‘s because the effects of the mutation over time, right, have deprived us of Harmonic Keys and a number of other assets relating to the nourishment through perpetual evolution—the whole connection with Primal Life and Primal Life-Source Currents—to the extent that we are in, or occupy, these mutated and misaligned circumstances that we all share from top to bottom, alright. Now this little guy here is asterisked, and you have your own copy of this which brings you to this point here in which all of this is explained, alright. So essentially, if you weren‘t able to raise your BPR by using these Harmonic Keys, you would eventually reach a point on the basis of 3 strikes and you‘re out, in an unconditional kind of fashion, that you wouldn‘t be able to recover… and the key here would be by the age of earth year 97 or i.e. 97 years of age, so I guess we‘re all within a shout, alright. So I‘m just highlighting that for you. You can deal with that in your own time. Now how do you do this? You take your sheet when you have it, and a pen or a pencil, pencil better just in case you make a boo-boo with the math. And all that you‘re being asked to do is to write there your year of birth, the year in which you‘re born. And from that point, from the year in which you are born, you add 8… 8. And you enter the number in that little space next down to it. And when you‘ve got that number, let‘s say you‘re born in 1900, you draw it 1908, and the line below it you‘d add 8 and you‘d add 1916. And the next line down it‘d be 1924, then 1932, then 1940, then 1948. Adding 8 all the way until you get to this point next to the year 121, and you will finish up with the date somewhere out in the future, OK. Everybody clear about that? And then when you have got…when you have completed the 8-year accumulations, building up on your birthdate, all the way down to this point, you would then write them in, beginning with whatever the year date was in the year equivalent to 121 years of age. And you begin by writing that: the oldest most furthest future number 1 st. And I suggested, and people did do it: just put a slash line to separate out the numbers. And working from … the number next to 121, you‘d next write 113, then 105, then 97, all the way back to your birth year, OK, because you‘re going to read from left to right when you use these Keys, OK. And the way that we run the Keys, the Edonic Code Sequence starts with the Edonic Meta-Galactic, Galactic, Solar, and Planetary, and then we come to the personal biological ones, and run all the way through from the future back to our birth year. That‘s how they‘re run, OK. And to answer one question, when we come to utilize these Keys, almost everyone will have a zero in a year number somewhere. Some will have lots of zeros in a year number like 2006, or whatever it is, 1960, things like that. When we come to use them, a zero indicates a silent beat, a silent beat. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 83 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Here is something in front of me that I‘m beating on, like this: (claps the beat) | | | _ , that‘s a silent beat. (Claps the beat) | | _ | | _ | | _, you just beat the air; you don‘t hit the thing; you don‘t hit the drum; you don‘t hit your knee; you don‘t hit whatever; it‘s just a silent beat. OK, that‘s what the zero is like. OK, I‘ll leave it to you all to do your math. And when you‘re ready… pardon me? Participant: Are we supposed to have this number on…? A‘zah: Yup, you begin with your birth year here. If you are born in 1950, write 1950 there. And the next thing you do in the line under it you add 8 to 1950 to make 1958. And then go to the line below and add 8 to 1958 and enter 1966… until you‘ve completed adding 8s in every line all the way down until you get to this point here. [0:15:18-0:23:05: participants do the math to derive their personal code sequence.] Hey, I just tripped over something! With…it‘s lovely isn‘t it when…it happens to Ash and I a lot, where you‘re in conversation with someone, and you can sometimes be aware of the connection they make, and provide you with an insight as a result of the fact that you‘re actually listening to what they are saying or you can feel what they‘re communicating and it leads you to another place. So I‘m going to share what just happened. It‘s very simple. Someone was talking to me about how they were being moved to express themselves in this harmonic form by spontaneously utilizing rhythms that were occurring to them. And right there what happened was that I actually realized how the Krystar vehicle is a huge amplifier. And just by making a conscious connection with yourself on that scale of expression, then everything you do when you tap out rhythms on your knees, if you just actually realize that by formally inviting that to radiate out through the amplifier, the Krystar Body, in its crystalline form, can and is very willing to be, you‘ll amplify the effect on a scale that you can barely imagine. So instead of having you sit in a rather isolated but collective fashion in the Shield, then it behooves me to say I hadn‘t thought of this before but it just tripped when I was talking with someone. Someone was talking to me – that in fact by just making a simple conscious link to the Krystar Vehicle and allow it to be a pulsar, your personal pulsar that the personal radiation and amplification vehicle, as a huge crystalline expression of who you are...the scale of what you can accomplish by just making that link, beyond not being helped to think this way and therefore just sitting in your seat here in this workshop and just banging on your legs you know, it‘s just puhhh, the magnitude difference is ridiculous, alright. So I‘m just sharing that with you; it‘s a suggestion. As ever, take it or leave it. But I won‘t leave it. You know what you want to do. Alright, so are we ready to do this? Yup, and thank you for that, Josh. OK, now the beginning part of this…what I did in my drowse was I actually described how we would do this in exactly the way I did, hot off the press in Sarasota, which was not, not the plus perfect way of doing it. What we need to do is with these elements of the Edonic Code, we do them The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 84 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

in groups of 6 times 12 before we move on to the next one and do those in groups of 6 times 12, and then move to these and do them in groups of 6 times 12. So we don‘t move from 1 group set here to another one until we completed 12 complete rounds of 6. OK, and then when we completed those, we will go into our own biological codes, and we‘ll go from the beginning point here to the birth point there once through, and we‘ll come right back to it again and then we‘ll do it the 3rd time, OK, and that will complete the whole Edonic Code Harmonic Transmission and lay the foundations for what‘s going to come later. Participant: What‘s the difference between 6 rounds of 12 and just 1 round of 144? A‘zah: Pardon? Participant: OK, you said this one times 2. A‘zah: Yes. Participant: 6 rounds 12 times. Why not 1 round of 144? A‘zah: Because the transmission has to occur in discrete units of 6 times 12, yeah. And we don‘t have, sorry, it‘s OK…because like the question you asked me before, there needs to be an interval, a space, in between the resumption of the next set, right, and that‘s an element of such technical finesse, we never have time to go there and say OK, how long do we wait? Do we wait for a minute? Do we wait 3 minutes? Do we wait for 30 minutes? What do we do, right? There is an area for technical improvement, but for us to take a short space between each set is quite sufficient in terms what we‘re being asked to do and how we‘re being asked to do it. Often times you know, in fact most of the time, this stuff is simply an invitation to do as we‘re asked – which is almost the same as doing as we‘re told, without question. And if we started asking questions, we wouldn‘t ever get anything done, truly. One final thing, which will not be possible here… which is, which is: if when you‘re at home… and this should be repeated under current advisement 1 time within a 14-day period, so you ought to repeat this within 14 days of today‘s date when you go home. And when you‘re at home, you‘ve got access to… some people have drums; some people have other sort of musical skin forms; people just got pots and pans. But if you really want to do this plus perfect,  the 5-11-12-4 would be more of a base or a boom sound; now that‘s the Base Tone.  4-4-3-2 is an Over Tone which is like a mid-range tone.  And finally 11-5-6-10 which is the Resonant Tone is closer to a treble tone. So you got deep, middling, and then a treble – a thinner kind of sound, a more tight sound. And if you want to do things in a way that have been…these things are not given in a mandatory way. It‘s just that these are the recommendations that can be followed as circumstances permit. But it doesn‘t mean to say that if you rely on your knee caps, or your elbows, or whatever else you The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 85 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

use, that you‘re not ‗doing it right‘, because that‘s silly nonsense! But if you really want to get into it and actually take the level of relation to the harmonics that you‘re working with, then you would in some way try to use tools that will enable you to distinguish between the tonal quality of each of the 3 types: the Base, the Over Tone, and the Resonant Tone, that‘s all. OK, so before we begin…because once we‘ve completed the first group, we‘ll move into the personal biological birth-related tone sequence. Everyone is comfortable with the idea that a zero means a silent beat yeah? Good. And there will be a natural pause, not a long pause between each sequence, each date you do. Let‘s say 1945, you do 1, 9, 4, 5, there will be a momentary pause before you go on and do 1, 9, 5, 3, and a momentary pause. But when you‘re doing a zero, it‘s just like poof and straight on the next thing, the next number that follows, OK… Pardon? Participant: The zero would be just… A‘zah: It‘s just a beat in the air; it‘s a silent beat, OK. And one other thing too I suppose I ought to point out is that when we do the group, the 3 Edonic Phase-1 Codes, we‘ll all be beating together. But the minute we move into our birthday codes, we‘ll be all over the place, because most people will be beginning with a 1 and a number but in some people have to be dealing with a 9, others with a 3, some with a 2, some with an 8. So the actual rhythms that start to come out individually will be totally different for everyone else. So you‘ll just be entirely on your own doing your own thing. So the idea of synchronization is impossible; it would be crazy if we tried it. [0:09:25—microphone off] So then, based on 5-11-12-4 sequence, and as we move through, we‘ll do the first step 6 times through 6 sets/ times and so on. As you move through from 1 through 12, we will very gradually go a little more quickly. And as a result of the experience in Sarasota, whereby we find people who were halfway through go whooo… and we sometimes have…not make it up as we go along, but learn from it…we have to go in guided little sets. Now dealing with this kind of expressed rhythm physically, it‘s very hard for people to, unless you‘re an accomplished musician, to determine what is slightly faster in Set-1 when you‘re in Set-2, and from 2 to 3, so on and so on. So what we decided to do in Sarasota was, break it down into 4 speed levels, right. So it‘s essentially now Rounds 1 through 3 which is 18 altogether, right, that‘s sort of 1 speed. And then we move into the 2nd lot through 3, then we just take it up a little bit more, and then the 3 rd set of 3 a little bit more, and the 4th set of 3, you can go half a level and not move yourself too quickly OK, because there is no point in getting really energetically over-excited and losing the rhythm because the reason for doing this is to communicate the harmonics as clearly and well as you can.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 86 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Now there is another reason we are being a little bit pedestrian in a bigger way so you do what they are trying to do and not get stuck being… Participant: Pardon, I can‘t hear you, what? [0:11:21—microphone on] A‘zah: I was just pointing out that in Sarasota we discovered that it was very difficult for all but the most accomplished musician to understand how to regulate or maintain control of increases in rhythmic speed. So as a result of the difficulty that we experience and the loss of the objective, which was to actually have some kind of unified expression of harmonics that will actually work in 4 groups of 3 sets, so that in the 1st set we will be very pedestrian and quite slow and deliberate. In the 2nd set of 3, we‘ll go up just a little bit more because everyone can follow the slight increase in speed. Then we do a 3rd set which should be a little faster again, and it‘ll be finally a full set where we could all go a little more, well, fast. But what I was saying was that the important thing is we maintain the integrity of the utterance of the harmonics involved and the tone sequence, and there is no prize for being a champion at speed in this round whatsoever, OK. That‘s all I was talking about. Now we can start. [0:12:25—51 min of silence] [0:13:16] What we‘re going to do is we‘re going to do the Phase-1 Codes 5-11-12-4 in a set of 6, and we‘ll repeat the set of 6 twelve times before we move on to the Overtone 4-4-3-2 and they‘ll be performed in a set of 6, twelve times over. And then we‘ll go to finally the Resonant Tones 11-5-610 and do those in sets of 6, twelve times over before we go on to the biological codes, and then we‘ll do that front to back 3 times. Yes? Participant: When do we have the 1-2-3-pause? A‘zah: The what? Participant: Between that when we go from Base Tones to the Over Tones, what I remember from Sarasota is that we were told that we had a 1-2-3-pause. Is that after we do the full 12 times 6? A‘zah: Yes, well, there is a short pause between each set of 6. Participant: Each set of 6, is there a 1-2-3-pause, OK. Each set of 6… A‘zah: Yeah I‘ll try and take care of that. Like Az counts to 48 and Noel gets 49, I know. Yes? Participant: I believe it might float on the desk and secure it by eating it. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 87 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘zah: You don‘t want to. (Participants chuckle) I‘ll stuff you down my shirt; that could be more interesting! Participant: Are we going to have a calendar or something? A‘zah: Pardon? Well you know in my experience one of the most interesting things of a group of 210 self-determined people is you never come up with the same number at the same time on the same day. But we will do our best. [0:15:24—microphone off] OK now, can we go? So this is 1 of 6, so this 1-1, and 1-2, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, and 2-1, 2-2, 2-3, 2-4, 2-5, 2-6, kind of like that. Pardon? Participant: Just starved. Give a hint. A‘zah: I know. You remind me of ‗Majesty Knights are falling‘. Always want more. Right 1-1: 5-11-12-4 slowly (A‘zah counts while participants tap) 1-2-3-4-5, 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-1011, 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12, 1-2-3-4; 1-2 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 once); 1-3 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 once); 1-4 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 thrice), pause. (17:07) Round 2, 1-2-3-4-5 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). OK, Set-3 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 five times), last one (participants tap 5-11-12-4 once); OK here you go again (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). OK, 5th Round (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). And the last round, at the base count on it, go (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). Very nicely done, drumming is something else in a group. I am thrilled. And people did so well in Sarasota, and really, and a lot going on there. Just to be a part of that whole, the energy was just incredible. And to hear that played out on drumming, and people clapping to it and doing various things was really superb! And you notice how it all comes together in a group just seems so, seems divinely beautiful. And with that we go forward. We go on now to the Over Tone 4-4-3-2. Participant: Do we do that 12 times did you say? A‘zah: Pardon? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 88 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Participant: Did you say 12 times? A‘zah: I believe I did. Participant: We only did it 6. A‘zah: We did? Participant: Yes, I think it‘s 6. A‘zah: I know. We did alright. We‘ve got to do it 11 more times! (Participants laugh). Thank you for reminding me. Participant: It‘s going to take a long time (chuckles). Participant: Should be here like we were on the beach. Participant: Did that feel right? Did that feel right to you Az? Maybe we should just do it. Go with it! A‘zah: It‘s like, what? I can show you the instructions again. Participant: Oh my, you said 12 times I thought. A‘zah: I did? Participant: And we did 6. A‘zah: Well the Beloveds said 12 times. I‘m not in charge of anything; I just shout like everybody else does. (Participants chuckle) Participant: That‘s what we do…6 more. A‘zah: Alright then, 2 of 6 then. Participant: 2 of 6 (chuckles), 2 of 6. A‘zah: 2 of 6 then. It‘s different from 2 and 6 but you do want to go and remember, yeah. OK. Participant: What are we doing now? A‘zah: We are doing 5-11-12-4 another time, and then le-ti-na-na-na, le-ti-na-na-na, le-ti-na-na, and when we have done that, we can go into the next set. Are we ready? Right, 2-1 it is, right, ready go (participants tap 5-11-12-4 seven times). The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 89 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Go (participants tap 5-11-12-4 seven times). And then it‘s not as if we‘re not saying anything to anybody right, about anything. But the obvious thing to do is if you just lose the number count or anything, just drop it and wait until you can pick it up again. Don‘t carry on and be out of synch; it‘s better to stop and then the Shield comes in and you‘ll be able to do it again. A number of things that is going in Sarasota is useful. OK, do a 3rd and 2, yup! Alright, go (participants tap 5-11-12-4 seven times). Participant: That was 7 (participants chuckle). A‘zah: Oh lord forgive me! (Participants chuckle) OK, we are on the 4th set now, absolutely: 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). Participant: 6. A‘zah: And the 5th round: 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times). Participant: 6. 1 more…1 more…(chuckles). A‘zah: 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 5-11-12-4 six times. A‘zah continues to tap the 7th 5-11-12-4.) Just practicing the next one (participants chuckle). Ah, you know in London once, or once in London in a cold winter morning, wherein my wife tried to get the frost off my toes. ‗Toes‘ you call it here, yes we used to weather the toes because the only effect that you can keep my toes warm were already being trained when they arrive. There is always these posters that if you ever met a man who didn‘t want to be a rock star, you just met a liar. I‘m thinking he has no right making a wife! (Participants chuckle) Did I fool you through? I‘m not with the band Orin. Participant: The more it takes. A‘zah: OK, move serious now. We have 3, 4, 5, and 6 to do, don‘t we? Yes? Participants: We‘re done. A‘zah: What? Participant: 4-4-3-2. A‘zah: You mean we have not done 12 times 6, is it? Participant: We have. A‘zah: We have? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 90 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Participant: Yup. A‘zah: I must have been so out of counting now… Participant: Plus 3, plus counting (participants laugh), plus 3. A‘zah: I swear you know, I honestly, I just, it just gets me totally out of my body. I can‘t…OK it‘s plausible kind of stuff, really uncalled for. I‘m so out of my body I don‘t even know what I‘m doing. So am I told we are on 4-4-3-2 now? Participants: Yes! Participant: Over Tone, yes. A‘zah: Hey, do you want to stand there and be Speaker-22 or something? Participant: No, I‘m a Speaker-Outer. A‘zah: You‘re s Speaker-Outer. 4-4-3-2, here‘s that Speaker-Outer. OK, we‘re onto the beat-count out there, are you? Good thing, going forth! Right then, 4-4-3-2, this is little bit like a step-dance. Participant: Slower. A‘zah: Slower? Participant: Slow… A‘zah: (Taps 4 slow beats) That sounds like a march of the dead brigade! You know what I mean? Participant: That‘s slow! A‘zah: That‘s probably right! OK, so Round-1 of 6. I‘m writing this down, you know. You got me worried. OK, 1, 2, 3 guys (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). Participant: That‘s 6. A‘zah: So here you go! 2nd round of 6, 1, 2, 3, go (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). 3rd 6, next, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 91 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Participant: Yes. A‘zah: Thank you, 1, 2, 3, go (Participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times. A‘zah continues to tap the 7th 4-43-2, participants chuckle). Participant: Solo. A‘zah: You know the charge, 1, 2, 3, go (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). 5th to 6th, 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times. A‘zah continues to tap the 7th 4-4-3-2, participants chuckle.) Now this is about half a sound. Last one, we do 6 this time, is that right? Not 5; we will be doing 5. 1, 2, 3, go (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). And finally 11-5-6-12. Participant: 6-4. A‘zah: So glad you killed that for me. (Participants chuckle) Where will I be without you? I mean I really don‘t mind living with you. OK, 1 more to go, right? 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). Take a breather for a minute. Okey dokey, then Round-1: 11-5-6-2. Participants: No! A‘zah: What? Participant: 5-4.... A‘zah: You‘re kidding, 5-4? Participant: Yes, 5-7…5-4-7…. A‘zah: Do I make it up? Now this is part of a joke; I‘m not making it up…apart from my taking my Latin ballroom. Are we all ready? Participants: 5. A‘zah: Maybe I should call Ash and tell her that she‘s got more time doing some work. 5? Very good, really? Participant: Tell her 12…took us a long time…. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 92 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘zah: Alright then, you‘re sure will…5 more…I don‘t believe we are not doing it anyway. 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). Go on (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). And go on (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). And go on again (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). 2 more to go on this round? Participant: 1 more. A‘zah: Let‘s go then (participants tap 4-4-3-2 six times). 4 sets remaining, yes? (Participants chuckle) OK, 3 rd set then, let‘s go (participants tap off-synch). Participant: Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait… Participants: 11-5-6-10…. Participant: 1st Round 11-5-6-10. Participant: Resonant Over Tone Round-1. I mean Resonant Tone Round-1. A‘zah: What is wrong is the pitching, right? You come here to just know that there were 1-2-3-4-5, 5-round with 4-4-3-2 leftover, tell me if you agree with it. Participant: We did them. A‘zah: We did them? Participants: Yes! Participant: Will you kindly come back. A‘zah: Well, is there anybody that is interested in not taking the subject and doing it at home? (Participants chuckle) Let me heal though. Anyway, anybody likes ‗Somewhere we are, we are on Planet Earth somewhere.‘ Or I‘ll just charge and tap these things out and you can count, alright, to my knowledge, right. So we are in the 1st round of 11-5-6-12? Participants: Yes.... A‘zah: Are we doing 6 of those, right? That‘s a change, hasn‘t it? The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 93 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Participant: 12 or 6. A‘zah: 12 or the 6, is that right? OK. Participant: 6 times 2. A‘zah: Come sit behind me, beside me. I‘ve been told 6 times 2 is 12, right? OK, this compounds that problem. Right, ready to go? 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). Participant: That was fast…. A‘zah: It was little bit. But who am I to speak under the circumstances. Anyway, it‘s the 2 nd 1 and 6, the 11-5-6-12 just a tad slower, Participant: 6-10. A‘zah: And then we get to wait a bit later on. Ready, go then, 1, 2, 3…1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-56-10 six times). A‘zah: Yes, 1 to 3, OK, 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). Participant: 3 to go. A‘zah: Yup, 3 to go, and this Set-3 of 3 we‘ll…. Are we done? Participant: We did 3 rounds. A‘zah: We got 3 more rounds to do. Pardon? Do what? Participant: We have to finish a round of 6. That was only 3. Participant: Now we are ready to go 4 out of 12. A‘zah: Yes, we have 4, 5, and 6 to do, right? Participant: 7, 8, 9, 10, 7, 8, 9, 10. Participant: 8 more to go. A‘zah: 8 more to go? Participants: 9, 9 more to go. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 94 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘zah: 9 what? Participant: 9 times 11-5-6-10. Participant: 9 rounds of 6. A‘zah: OK, oh I love it anyway…. Right, go on then, a little bit quicker this time. A little bit quicker, not a lot, right. 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times. Az continues to tap the 7th 11-5-6-10.) Next one: 1, 2, 3 (Participants tap 11-5-6-10 five times. Az continues to tap the 6th 11-5-6-10.) Next one…1 more? Participant: 1 more to go…. A‘zah: I more, yes? 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 once). Is it birthday time? I just lost it. Go on, what are we doing now? Participant: 5 more rounds. Participant: Have 7 more rounds of the Resonant Tone A‘zah: 7? Participant: Yes, 7 times, 7 more…He wants to make sure. It‘s 5 to 12. Now we are doing 6 to 12. A‘zah: 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). How many this land we got left, 3? Participant: 1, 2, 3, 4…. That was Round-8. A‘zah: 4…. 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). How many sets left, 3 or 4? Participants: 1…. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 95 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

A‘zah: 1 full set of 6. 1? I don‗t know about that. Just can‘t worry about that, can you? So 11-5-6-10 six times and then we‘re done with them, right? Participant: Yeah. A‘zah: Did somebody say no? It‘s no then, lovely. Alright, now we are pretty down to this one, the last one, the last set of 6. 1, 2, 3 (participants tap 11-5-6-10 six times). I just want to thank you seriously too. I figured out that I just got completely lost in the middle of all that, and I must say it‘s a personal disaster. (Participants chuckle) I‘m done and I am sincere in my appreciation, really am. Right then, Participant: Our birthday. A‘zah: Now yes it‘s the birthday sequence, which you do from the 1 st date away on your own, in most cases 20,000, 8,000-something or other, winding all the way back to your birthday, that‘s the sequence. You follow and you do it 3 times through. At least we can all start the same time. And so you do each of the 4 digits including the zero, the silent beat, and then a brief natural pause and do the next 4 digits, and continue from beginning to end until you‘re done. Then a slightly longer pause, then you go on and pick up the 2 nd set, and do the same old thing till you‘ve done all 3. Participant: I can‘t hear you. A‘zah: Pardon? [1:00:41—microphone on] If I can sail back into my body, Melissa, all I was saying was that we just do the 4 digits, a very brief natural pause between the 2nd 4 and so on and so on. When you get to the end of what you call your full set from beginning to end, there‘ll be just a slightly more exaggerated pause; just count 1, 2, 3 in your head before you pick it up again. And just do that until you‘ve done it 3 times all through, alright. And like I said, we can‘t synchronize; we can start together but we‘ll finish all over the place so please just respect the fact that some people may not be done and rather not just get up and go. And if I have to remind you about the noise business, I know it‘s tedious waiting for Ash to finish with the charts, and it‘s equally tedious for Ash to try and get all the charts done at anything like a social hour. But when we‘re done, I will have to go back and help assemble the final copies and the Mylars.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 96 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

And I will tell you now before we finish this very important exercise we‘re doing together that we‘ll be seeing you around 3.00 am or soon after 3.00 am as we can, OK. So when we‘re done we‘re done, and then we can just take a break until around 3.00-ish, but don‘t expect us before 3.00. [1:02:03—microphone off] OK, so personal start. We‘ll start together at the count of 3, and after that it is every man moves himself. 1, 2, 3, go (1:02:15—participants tap their personal code sequences). [1:07:16—microphone on] So thank you all once more for your kindness and your humor and your forbearance. And we will be back just as quickly as we can. There is no dallying along the way here at all. There is just a mountain of important stuff, and it just is what it is. And it has to be done and that‘s what they want delivered, so we can‘t come and deliver it until it‘s all done and together. And we‘ll be here just as soon as we possibly can. That means as soon after 3.00 am as we possibly can. Thank you again, bless (participants applaud).

[Audio Track 8] A‘zah OK, the last chart, which describes… oh bless Larraine is not here, here she is. It describes the sordid detail of the joys of the lobotomy I was referring to…the cone. This is a little bit of prep thing that we can do. It appears as if the climax of the technical stuff is going to introduce us to something called the Ma-Sha-Yah-Ha-Na Vortex, which I think is an assembly of multiple gates or gate opening events that would be the basis of our personal role in everything as well as our personal benefit. So it struck us since I finished laying this out for us, I may as well not wait and come and share it, and do a few practice rounds. And then I‘m really on the point of going and getting the final mylars together, so we‘re right there. I don‘t know; I mean I guess you guys get feelings when things get a little bit tough, and it‘s true that we do. But you know I‘m not being flippant although most of you probably think that I spend my life sort of making jokes about anything I can think of, which unfortunately hides my serious side, which is obviously a defense mechanism of some kind. And I haven‘t bothered trying working it out anymore; I mean I used to when I was in my twenties but now it is, you know (participants chuckle). And I just realize the game, and I go ‗OK, how can we look at it differently then?‘ you know. You know well these days I mean one is more used to actually seeing the absurdity of so many things that do I tend to be jolly about all sorts of things. So bless you all just for being totally what you are. I am so incredibly proud of you because I used to think there was only one of us in the world, you know. Saw all the madness and the stupidity and all the things that have people living a life in spin – that whole game about ‗doing in order to be‘. So you work your butt off for all of your life and then suddenly you find it all to enjoy it, you know. And the sooner we get that, the better it is I guess. It doesn‘t change walking through circumstances that we wouldn‘t possibly say were ideal. But what is ideal is our relationship with ourselves and our reasons for being here, and dealing with things that you can‘t really call a little bit unsociable, or unsocial. But anyway, this is the way it is, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 97 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

and it‘s the way it is necessarily is. So just bless those of you that get it and do your best to see yourself in situations and circumstances and opportunities in a different way – in a better way. So, here is our beauty, the sacred sentence, the Call of Aurora, derived from the numeric code. It appears that I can leave my body much more easily than I can physically transmit 210 copies of something that I just pulled out of my computer. (Participants chuckle) I apologize again. I‘m humbled, I‘ve been humbled, so humbled by this experience I can‘t begin to tell you. Participant: It‘s OK. A‘zah: It‘s absolutely, it is absolutely OK, it really is, and if I made it seem otherwise I would apologize but I know I didn‘t. Now then, we‘re going to reach a point, and we are going to have a little stab together, and as usual, getting the pronunciation right, is something that Ash and I just had 5 minutes of laughter, just ironing this out. But we need to be able to do this in a smooth full round of 12. And we‘ll monitor, we‘ll appoint monitors in various parts of the room to ensure that they count 12 because I can‘t. OK, so I‘ll do this slowly and these are derived from the numerics, so these are constructions: The 1st one represents 3-3-3, which is the word for number 3 ‗AER‘ with the suffix which multiplies to 3 as many times as you like. And by adding ‗san‘ just 1 time creates 3-3-3 out of 3. So we pronounce that ‗Eir‘, almost ‗air‘ but not quite, ‗AER‟-san‘. OK, the same applies to the word for ‗6‘ which is ‗Neir-um‘ and by adding the suffix ‗en‘, we create 66, so that‘s Neir´-um-en. And 12 just stands alone - that is the word for ‗12‘: ‗Bhra-hÁ-de-Laan. And then the next one which calls for Veca-5 and its Adjugate are the words for‗5‘, on its own: ‗SOsha. Followed by the word for ‗11‘ which is ‗Rhu-ShE-ma-NÚOT‘, not quite ‗nut‘, and not ‗noot‘ but somewhere between the 2: ‗N‘Urt, N‘Uort‘, one ‗N‘Urt‘ going there. And the next one calling the Eckasha-11 is the same value once more: Rhu-ShE-ma-NUOT. And then 12 again: Bhra-hA-de-Laan, and the next box is DhrÉ-a. And finally the Call of Aquareion, the numerics 1, 12, and 7: Yon Bhra-hÁ-de-Laan Jha-DhaTU. And there is more of a drag in the J-h-a, Jha, Jha, Jhhh, almost a ‗z‘ but not quite, Jha‘-Da-TU‘. (Answering a query) Sorry, which one? DhrÉ-a. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 98 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So I‘ll just word it out 1 more time then:. AER-san Neir-um-en Bhra-hÁ-de-Laan SO-sha Rhu-ShE-ma-NÚOT Rhu-ShE-ma-NÚOT Bhra-hÁ-de-Laan DhrÉ-a Yon Bhra-hÁ-de-Laan Jha-Dha-TU And the presentation of this, we understand for the time being anyway, is more of a building chant rather than a melodic song-like approach, OK. And essentially what we are doing, and I‘ll referred once or twice before to fairly obvious things about the way that we speak, the language we use, the tone of our voices. What we have here is a harmonic conversion into language out of number, alright. And that‘s essentially why we think of it more as a chant-like approach than something that you would try to sing…which isn‘t to say there might not be a melody to it, but for the time being both Ash and I agree that this should be a chant-like effect. So let‘s give it a few runs. And then, I can‘t stay; I got to go back and start working on the tranni‘s and Ash has just got to complete a sequence, so I‘ll leave the Mylar, alright. Let‘s just say we have a crack at three, and then if you wouldn‘t mind just staying on and at least doing 1 round of 12, or a couple of rounds of 12, so you‘re comfortable. We‘ll have the Mylar with us when we do it, so it‘s not as if you need to memorize this, and then the reference is going to be taken away because that isn‘t how it is going to be, so okey dokey. So we have a little go then. Let‘s say we‘ll do 6 rounds together right now, and we‘ll quicken just a little bit each time. You ready? Pardon? Well you have time to write it down. I‘m going to leave it there anyway; I‘m not going to take it away; I‘ll leave it here and I will away until Ash starts to roll with her stuff, so, ready then? 1, 2, 3 (0:09:28—A‘zah and the participants recite the Call of Aurora 5 times; 0:10:42—participants recite the Call of Aurora 4 times.) [0:11:46] OK, stop that. So then, if you could continue for a little bit and bring this from, I mean this is only to all of us so I‘m not criticizing you at all, but work on bringing it to a more like a chant-like form. Because like this is all very new to us and getting the pronunciation close to right is especially a challenge. But if you can make a progression away from just speaking the words that you see to a chant-like thing, I‘m not going to slip into my Gregorian self here, and nor do I recommend it. But we need to move it from speaking the words towards a chant-like thing, not sung, but somewhere between speaking and singing is the land of the chant, alright. I‘m just saying that so you don‘t think to continue as you are now, is all that I am asking you to attempt to do, but as a group, if you can move it into something that is more chant-like than just spoken as opposed to a song, yeah. I‘ll leave you to it, and I‘ll just carry off to my Mylars, and spend a little time with it so you feel more comfortable. [0:12:50] (participants chatter and practice the Call of Aurora.)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 99 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Sunday Lecture [Audio Track 9] A‘sha Thank you for still being here! Well, needless to say, the last part of the maps were a bit intense, and they were important to understand actually. The information that they‘ve shown us kind of, at this point, helps me to understand, and hopefully it will help you to understand also, really, why the Beloveds have taken the course over the last 10 years that they have taken, to teach us the certain types of things that they have taught us – because when we see this last set of maps – the maps that weren‘t done in time to get them to Kinko‘s, so they‘re not in your packs…right we got the first one of those…but then there were ones that came after that showed a bit about where we started in 2000 – the Stellar Activation Cycle – shows quickly the stages of our shift, and why, most importantly, it brings us to what this is all about – where 2012 comes into it, and what we‘re actually being prepared for and why. And if we didn‘t have the knowledge that we‘ve been taught over the last 10 years that has to do with the structure of everything – the Cosmos and the processes and all those things – we would not have been able to even comprehend what is taking place and what we‘re literally walking in the middle of. And it is literally the Showdown – let‘s call it – in 2012 is a matter of life or death. Not just for the beings on this planet, but for a lot of other places as well. We would have seen rapid pole shift in between 2012 and 2015 if this work is not successful, was what it comes down to. We‘re doing good so far. Really, really good. Especially since we did make the first part of the Essential Alignment by making the leap into Meta-Galactic Probability 6. And these leaps are . . . we‘re not like watching our Solar System leap from one place to another. They‘re leaping in what frequencies are coming in and activating within the core encryption of the planet and within our bodies, and that kind of thing. That is what progressively aligns us with what Event Horizon we will see as our future and also our past as well. So when we‘re seeing this and when we talk about the leaps and that we‘re moving through these probability fields, these fields blend together so you don‘t see a gap – like all of a sudden your planet disappears and pops up somewhere else and you remember it disappearing. We move through them because our BPR is changing. There are long time-cycles that usually take a very long time, but in a triggered Star-Fire Ascension Cycle, which was triggered because the grids were going to crash in the Galaxy, which would have taken us out with them…what would usually take many hundreds of thousands, and sometimes millions of years to complete…we‘re actually jumping through those cycles as quickly as possible to get to a certain alignment. And it is this particular alignment that is absolutely essential for 2012. And it starts with this workshop. It really started with the Sarasota workshop – that was the first that made this possible, but the second activation that we‘re going to assist in anchoring on this planet tonight is absolutely essential. It is an alignment that could not happen on any other probability vector. That‘s why we had to get into the Meta-Galactic-6 Alignment for this to occur. And when we get to that stage in the graphs, I will spend more time explaining about it. So it was worth staying up forever and trying to get these graphs done. We will try to get them mailed – mail you a The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 100 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

copy of the last few. I‘m not going to give you the body ones because they‘re not finished yet. They‘re just to illustrate points so you understand things, you know how they‘re working in the body. But the maps themselves, especially the last few, and the one that took ages, that explain about these certain alignments that are occurring, and there‘s also one that explains a bit about the date cycle that we have between now and 2012 – what is occurring in what period. So those things I would like you to have and they‘d be like the rest of your chart-pack, kind of thing. So at least you‘ve got that. You haven‘t seen a lot of me, but at least you have a lot of me on paper that you can take home with you and study. (Applause) Thank you for your patience. Alrighty. This is just to remind us that yesterday (whenever it was – feels like a million years ago) – last time we were together we talked about the Probability Alignments and cycles in our universe. We started with – yeah, within our Veca Universe – we started with simply understanding, on the natural rotations of the probability lines, where our actually PCM Universal Veca is, and then later we learn that it is actually tilted and split in two, because this, that we‘re looking at, is what they call the Andromeda Galaxy, the M-31, and over here is our parallel Veca. And this is where Black Hole problems are happening, because they interface with a massive Black Hole system that is in the parallel Eckasha level. Next one please. [0:05:10] This is that same diagram but we‘re seeing a bit more of the action happening with our Parallel system, because this is still not showing the Milky Way yet, it‘s just showing the M-31 system, and the Parallel M-31 system over on this Veca. So these systems in here would be the parallels of our system here. And they are parallels – you would find Parallel Earth over here, I believe. Yeah, Parallel Earth is over here. And when we see our Milky Way you‘ll see that our Earth is in the Milky Way part of this system. And this becomes important. We‘ve learned in the diagrams that you haven‘t seen yet – this particular thing here where the two overlap – they refer to it as ―The Dragon‘s Eye‖, and we‘ll find out why. It‘s the ―Dragon‘s Eye‖ or ―The Eye of the BeaST‖. And we‘ll see why because there are certain things happening with this matrix over here. We‘ve talked about how they‘ve been progressively trying to invade and bring in this system – eat this system into these Black Holes to feed their Black Hole system, because this system is entirely fallen now and so is the larger one. So we‘ll look at, a bit more of what that means – especially in relation to 2012. Next one please. [0:06:28] Alrighty. This one is showing the split in our Veca system. We have our Veca-5, and we were on Meta-Galactic-6, which is the 6th Meta-Galaxy within the Ecka Universe-5, and this was our M-31 system, which is now the Andromeda Galaxy, and this is our Milky Way Galaxy at a different tilt. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 101 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So we found that actually our location, right in here, is where Earth is. This is our Solar System. We‘re in Solar System 3 and its Planet 3 – that is Earth. And this is where we began to understand our coordinates and understand this as maps, where you could actually place where we are located within the outer space maps, as far as what stars and those kind of things are where, and what they actually belong to. So, I‘ll go to the next one please. This is one that is in your chart pack. That we basically showed how our location is here as our Solar System, and it‘s actually located here. But these arms actually correspond to layers or bands within the Meta-Galactic structure, so what science calls a Galaxy (the Milky Way Galaxy) is actually what the Beloveds call a Meta-Galaxy or Meta-Galactic structure, which has lots of smaller galaxies and Solar Systems within it. And we found, too, that this would be our Milky Way up here, and up here is actually the M-31, the Andromeda system – the Aquinos Universal Veca, on Meta-Galactic-6 – is actually what we see, or what the Scien…I don‘t know if they see them or even take pictures of them yet – I think they do get pictures from Hubble though. Either that or they‘re getting them from the computer simulated things from radio waves and things – I‘m not sure how they get those pictures yet. But these are known things that exist in Science in this world. And it‘s just showing that these are indeed maps that…you can tell these relationships…what Science doesn‘t see are these underpinning structures that actually hold galaxies and universes together. And they don‘t understand the relationships between galaxies and universes yet. Where, just because they may be light years apart, doesn‘t mean they aren‘t born from the same encryption. They fit into the structure. This is the structure, you know the Spirit Body structure, that all things are birthed through. But things can happen to them. Once they are birthed, they can fragment, they can go into Black Hole fall, where they‘re no longer in the natural arrangements. Our Milky Way system is in the process of becoming no longer the natural arrangement. It is a falling system – it will be after 2230 A.D. It is a hosting system until that, which is an evacuation system, and we are assisting with that evacuation process on this planet. So this is just reminding you of the things that we looked at yesterday. Next one please. Pardon me if I‘m tired. I‘m really, really tired, so I talk a little slower. This again we looked at when we were looking at the Black Hole interfaces over here from Veca-2, and these are the MetaGalaxies in Veca-2, and that‘s the Veca-2, and this is our Veca-5, with our split Meta-Galaxy. And we‘re still…this is still all Meta-Galaxy-6. This is the Milky Way part of it. So we call it Meta-Galaxy-6 – they have a center-point in the Meta-Galaxies – Meta-Galaxy-6‘s natural Core-Star would be here, and that is actually in the Andromeda system, and we call that MG-6A, and then the split part of it that actually is…this is where the hole is in the middle of our The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 102 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Milky Way ‗Galaxy‘ as science sees it…this is a split part of what was Meta-Galactic Core from the Andromeda system, and that is actually the Black Hole around which our Solar System has formed. And what formed, most of what is in our Solar System…some things have been brought in from other systems…from collisions with other systems that also were in Fall – but most of what is in our Solar System is actually birthed through the encryption that was held within its original system – the M-31 system. There‘s going to be an interface that occurs here that has to do with this little alignment right here. You can see this – that‘s where the MG-6A is, which is Meta-Galactic Core of the Andromeda system. Our Meta-Galactic Core is down here now, and that‘s where our Black Hole at the center of our Galaxy is. But this one – look where it interfaces – it‘s interfacing here, with Solar System-3 – Earth – right, and our Sun. There‘s an interface here that becomes very important later – but not while we‘re in this position. So we will look at that in the maps to come. I want to point it out now that it was there in the earlier maps – but it becomes more significant in a little while. Next one please. I‘ll spend most of the time talking on the new graphs. That‘s why I‘m just kind of stepping through what we looked at before. Now, at the end of our last session we did the first activation in the Essential Alignment Great Crossover. And again, that Great Crossover is, we need to get our Ah-VE‘-yas bodies, which is actually the Water-Gel Body that surrounds our atomic structure…that it holds the base encryption and the alignments – the angular alignments that the atoms will be able to move into. And right now we are all biologically locked into the Milky Way alignment, which means the twisted axes and all of these…our bodies actually carry that in the gene code and the atomic structure itself. And what we need to do is to come back to the original organic Alignment. It‘s important to be able to do this, because if we can‘t do that we won‘t be able to finish what the Host Mission is here. And the Host Mission is trying to assist us and this planet, and this Galactic Shield and Meta-Galactic Shield, from not getting sucked down into this Black Hole system. Now, the original Krystal River Mission, which the Amenti Mission was a smaller part of, was intended to try to get the Milky Way Galaxy re-evolved back into the Andromeda system in a natural orderly fashion, so we didn‘t have to worry about the system getting taken down by the Black Hole systems over here. That project is not going to work – the system is going to go down. But the Andromeda system isn‘t. There‘s a whole layer of these on each of these Probability Lines…that they are still in their natural order and structure. So even though the Milky Way is going to go into Black Hole Fall, the Andromeda system isn‘t. And these are all different Probabilities of the same set-up – each one of these Vector Lines. But a lot of them, if you had landed on those planets or stars, you have no idea by looking at them, that that‘s a version of this, right? That‘s a version of Earth – really? Because it might be very, very The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 103 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

different when you look at it. But what determines it is what‘s the core encryption, and if they were birthed out in the same way, all of these are actually probable versions of each other. The same thing applies to around a Central Sun, like our Sun – there would be naturally twelve planets or stars – they would be stars if they were living…12 stars around it – each one would represent a version of that central sun. It‘s like the encryption breaks down into twelve pieces. So there are connections between the Galaxies all over the Multiverse that we exist within, that science doesn‘t realize yet – the core encryptions between them. And those core encryptions determine a lot of things – such as what Gates can open between them, and what combinations work and what combinations are deadly – those kind of things, as far as combining energy encryption and radiation encryptions. So anyway, what we‘ve accomplished so far is, we have done the first Activation, and not only assisted in… and the Beloveds, of course, and their much larger levels of existence are activating these core structures. We have what was called Adjugate-9. That is actually the center…it‘s actually the center of the adjugate to this one. This is in the Andromeda system, and it‘s…we‘re on 3 over here…this is Galactic-3 in the Andromeda system. And if you traced it down and pretended the Milky Way wasn‘t over here, this would be on the opposite Event Horizon on the Vector Line – the 3-9 Vector Line. So they‘re using the Adjugate frequencies…we‘ve actually opened these frequencies into this Cosmos – into the Milky Way, into our Galactic Shield, into our Solar Shield…and we have anchored it here, on the planet. And believe me, we‘re the only people working with this level of the technologies on the planet consciously. There isn‘t anybody else that understands this level of it, and we‘ve been consciously – what you‘ve participated in – was anchoring the frequencies first, that came through from that Adjugate9 opening, and another set – what those frequencies will run into our system is directly from the Sun and from Urtha, in the Andromeda system. And both of these triangulated through our Meta-Galactic Core, which means they came through that Black Hole at the center…see the Black Hole is progressively becoming active now, which science hadn‘t figured out yet. It has been relatively appearing to be dormant, but it is going to progressively become more active because of what‘s happening with it over here, because this directly links into ours. So right now we‘re able to – because these guys are sending frequencies through – we can send frequencies too. And what we‘ve been doing, actually, a lot of, we‘ve been working with some of their numeric codes – the 11:11‘s and 12:12‘s, because we could intercept them and turn them around and change part of them back into Krystic currents. So a lot of the times we would parallel each other‘s. That‘s where you kind of find the New Age movement, where part of them are…a lot of them are working the Metatronic system, which goes with the BeaST apparatus, which goes with the Black Hole systems. And they all have certain similarities to the teachings that we‘ve used, because of the interfaces that, you know, we are attempting to…well we have been, progressively, taking back some of that current and bringing it back onto a Krystic Spiral and Krystic usage. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 104 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So we open this triangulation here. This is called the 3:3:3 Adjugate-9 Triangulation. There‘s the Adjugate-9, and this is the 3:3:3. That‘s where you have Galactic-3; Solar System-3; and Stellar-3, which would be Planetary-3. And we also saw that that particular configuration literally is opening within the structure of our mental body. And the mental body – it is a body, like we have here, but it is made out of a different type of matter. It has a brain and those kind of things, but the brain is only a tool, it‘s not the whole mind – it‘s just a focus for the mind. So we‘ve actually begun the process – the first part is to create the changes in the mental body field – in the atmic atoms of your Multi-Dimensional Body. And we‘ve started this. This is the beginning. The second Activation is wild. I had no idea! And this is where we get into the ―Ma-Sha‟Yah-Ha‟-Na‖ – right, we find out a bit more about what Ma-Sha‟-Yah-Ha‟-Na means and what it is. We‘ve talked a bit before about the Mashayahs – that has to do with the Mashayah-fold; it has to do with ascension, and ones that can go back into the center. And that‘s where there distortion of that word, through our history, that was where ―Messiah‖ came from, and that kind of thing. Which is more like a twist that made it an external thing, where some people were that and others couldn‘t be that, and that kind of thing. Well we don‘t do ―Messiahs‖, but we do do Mashayahs, and we all have the ability to get back our Mashayanic potential. And that‘s what we‘re doing with the Ascension Teachings. Where we can bring back the ability to go through organic Krystar Ascension. So we‘ll find out what the Ma-Sha‘-Yah-Ha‘-Na has to do with this triangulation as we progress through the maps to come. Next one please. [0:19:26] On this one, this is where we started out in, actually in 22 326 BC, during the period of time we‘ve talked about before, that‘s called the Eieyani Massacre, when we ended up in a stalemate, and we managed to get the Gates shut before the system got eaten by the Black-Hole mess – because that‘s what they were trying to do for ages here. And when our Stellar Activation Cycle actually activated this time, and the Gates were permitted to open – the Beloveds knew there was going to be ―uh-oh, here we go!‖, because that old drama that they couldn‘t do on Earth – the ones in the Fall Systems could not orchestrate while our Gates were closed – as soon as the Gates opened the Beloveds knew it was going to go into the Final Conflict Drama again, and there was hope that we would be able to prolong this, and it would go more smoothly, if it hadn‘t been for…actually the Anu races breaking the Treaty of Altair in 2000 – it would have proceeded more slowly, this whole thing. We would not have ended up in Starfire at this time. But that‘s alright. It‘s kind of like, ―it was going anyway, we might as well get it over with.‖ So here we are in this drama, and what this drama has to do with when our Gates opened – this is where we are now. Right, this is our Meta-Galactic Shield, the Milky Way – and this is its interface with the Andromeda system on the Meta-Galactic-6 line. So that‘s where we are now. But where we started was over here on the Meta-Galactic-1 line, I believe – here. (I‘m trying to remember because I did about three or four of these, and each one has a little bit different on it.)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 105 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Yeah. We ended up in 1. We‘re over here at this point. We‘re here. Our Milky Way – if you turn these…if you rotate these on these axes, and the easiest way to line them up is, you take this, and line up the ones that are in good shape – take it as two of them together. That‘s how I had to do it – to cut them out and then rotate them to get the angle…you know, to get the alignments right, where you just line up the center of the M-31 one, that is doing alright, and you just line that up on whatever axis you want to put it on, right. So we put it on 1, because that‘s when we were on 1, and this is the placement it gives you. We had the M-31 system here, and the Milky Way system here when they were aligned on the Meta-Galactic-1. So we have Galactic-1 and Meta-Galactic-1 – that‘s where we started. But look at the interface of this. Here‘s this eye-shaped thing – the ―Dragon-Eye‖ they call it, right where the Veca-2 Universe interfaces with the Veca-5 Universe. And it is through that eye that actually these Black Hole systems have been raiding into this system. And we were in direct alignment with that. This is why they closed the Gates in 22 326 BC to prevent this from happening. But they knew eventually…you couldn‘t just sit there…or we would just burn out…our Planet would burn out; our Solar System would burn out; our Galaxy would burn out. So there was always the hope of trying to get the Galaxy re-evolved back into the natural structure where it would not interface. This can be interfaced with it, but it‘s at a different Angular Rotation of Particle Spin – the M-31 – and it‘s still connected to the natural Primal Life-Force circulations, so it can‘t be taken down when it goes into overface, unless it lost so much quantum that the Black Holes had greater quantum than the system. They can‘t eat stuff bigger than them. They can pick at it, but they can‘t suck in something that is larger than themselves in quantum because they don‘t have enough pull to do that. So this system, the M-31 system, is large enough, and still is so far, to have not gone down. But part of it did, and that part of it – you know it started to be pulled in – and that part is called the Milky Way where we live. So where we are here, this is very good, compared to where we started. It was a mess. This was the boundary here, where that eye opened into our system. And we were right here in the middle of the mess. And this is why our first shift was from the Meta-Galactic-1 to Meta-Galactic-3. So literally from 22 326 BC until August of 2003 when we made the jump to the 3 rd Meta-Galactic alignment and out of this one, we were literally sitting on top of Black Holes. This is why the drama has progressively been manifesting here on this planet, and we‘ve been caught in this. And it‘s amazing that we‘ve actually made it through this far, with how bad this alignment was to begin with. This alignment is quite nasty. Over here on this side there is a complex. There is in the Veca-2 system (it‘s hard for me to read the numbers right now because my eyes are so tired). But see these larger…I‘ve made a little bit larger than the natural size. So the natural size of these guys and then this one‘s a big one…it just means I‘m trying to highlight the size of that. Now this one is Galactic-6. Now this is the Meta-Galactic-6 Shield, which is the parallel to ours, alright? This system isn‘t split – it‘s completely fallen, so it‘s not split like that. It‘s as if you took the Andromeda thing and completely made the whole thing fall. This is fallen – it‘s because of its interface with that much larger Black Hole that cuts through its system. And if you notice, it‘s the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 106 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Central Sun of this entire Veca. The Universal Central Sun is actually in the Bourgha Black Hole alignment. Now there are still pathways through some of these things, that can lead you back into the organic Krystic flows, but when a system falls it progressively becomes closed, unless it uses the ―BeaST‖ly Metatronic technologies, which are feeder technologies. They were designed specifically to bend the laws of physics to allow something that would naturally burn itself out, go back to space-dust so it could go home with the Eternal Life Flows – instead to feed off other life-fields in order to continue having enough energy to spin. Because atoms need to spin and Solar Systems need to spin and galaxies need to spin. They have to have momentum and energy and Black Hole systems are no longer capable of generating their own energy, because their Light Field is damaged. It is a Shona Light Field that does not have the ability, like Partiki, to phase. And if it can‘t phase it can‘t spark, and if it can‘t spark it can‘t generate/self-replenish its own energy. And that‘s the main difference between a Fall system and an Ascension system. Ascension systems are built of Sha-LA-ea light units that have those three parts, where they have the Ah-VE‘yas, and then they have the two Ah-VA‘-yas, and they‘re parts of the structure you don‘t see, and they phase and they make atoms, and once atoms are made they charge them by phasing. So the Sha-LA-ea light units actually recharge the atomic structure so atoms don‘t have half-lives and those kind of things. They don‘t die, because of the Eternal-Life structure of the Ah-VE‘-yas and Ah-VA‘-yas parts of the atomic body. But these systems don‘t have that anymore, because of abuses, basically, of Free Will choices that were made on large mass levels by many, many different groups. They ended up with a consequence – the consequence in physics which is the only punishment that there is in the cosmos. ―God‖ doesn‘t punish you. God-Source consciousness field doesn‘t – but the rules of materialization are known by everyone who comes into the matrix first. You may forget them as you progressively get embedded, but the rules are basic. There are certain ways that the energy works in these matrices. If you bend those rules to a certain degree and work in a way of opposite expression to Divine Will, which is Eternal Life and is built on Love, and it‘s built on cooperation – but eventually if you push in the opposite direction of that too far, you will get consequences in energy back that will make you progressively have a not-as-wonderful-experience…you‘ll become finite and you‘ll end up in a finite system. And finite simply means that the atomic structure will die – will go back as space-dust. But eventually your consciousness will go back as space-dust, but you won‘t remember your journey. You won‘t remember your individuality, your individuation – unless somebody carries some memory back with you and then you can actually pick up who you were, once you get back as space-dust. But they‘re kind of special arrangements that are made with the Adashi Adepts that work with doing, specifically, things like that. The Ah-JhU-na‟ can do things like that – the ones that are actually…their natural form is conscious air, and they can take on any form. They‘re very good at hosting like races through, and stuff like that if there‘s races that are going to go into Black Hole fall. But not everyone who gets themselves in black hole situations wants to go into ascension. There‘s all sorts of distortions of consciousness in mind and ideas that they seem The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 107 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

to think it‘s better; they think they can have a power-play with God and eventually they‘ll win…and those kind of things. So, in these systems you have huge amounts of consciousness. This is a lot, and we‘re just looking at one of the Meta-Galaxies in this Veca. There‘s 12 of them, and all of them are in some stage of fall, and it‘s because of this apparatus. All of them have some version of this apparatus. They call this apparatus the Micca complex. The Micca complex is a series of Metatronic Gate systems that – and it was created actually by the Thetans and Bourgha, which are from this matrix. The Bourghas are from this matrix. And the Thetans are from various places, but ended up in the…one of our Univeral Star-Gate number-1, which is Theta-Orion system – they‘re from the Orion system. So that‘s what we…when we say ―Thetans‖, that‘s what we‘re referring to. There are also some Thetans running around out here and their philosophies are being taught by a major group that I won‘t mention. Yes, same guys – they‘re the ones motivating those people, right? But they don‘t know that. People, of course, don‘t realize that that‘s where the teachings are coming from because nobody‘s talking about Black Holes. So this complex has five primary pillars, and they call them the ―5 Pillars of the One‖. The ―One‖ is Universal Veca Core-2, because that is where they have a massive Black Hole connection. This is directly connected into the massive Eckasha…the whole Eckasha had fallen – the Eckasha didn‘t fall but the whole Ecka-Veca system in it did – in the Bourgha set. So this is the one, and then there are five that are the main ones, and they have little triangulation gates. And this is where we get…we‘ve been getting the 12:12‘s and 11:11‘s and all those things – right? This is when pulses come through from these systems, and if you have any receivers to that encryption, that‘s when you end up being woke up at that period of time, right, and you go ―Oh wow – there it is again‖, or you just happen to look at a clock. Or you start getting it in like room numbers. You know, you go to a hotel three times a month for business, and you keep getting like the same weird number at three different hotels. Or phone numbers – it can come in really strange places where it just keeps showing up and keeps showing up. It enters your hologram, but particularly when you‘re getting it like on the clock and that kind of stuff…that‘s almost an immediate pulse that has come through, and you happen to look at the clock at that time again. And usually it‘s like ―Oh, you could do that at any time‖, but it starts to happen so often that it becomes weird. You know, ―What is that!?‖ Some people in the New Age movement think ―Oh, there‘s a council of 1100 people from elsewhere that are guardians that are helping us, and they just do that – they do the 11:11 thing to let us know we‘re not alone; let us know they‘re there‖. Good luck with that! Oh Boy! So we use the 11:11‘s and the 12:12‘s because, even though this system here is fallen – actually this is the parallel of our Milky Way – so there is a natural part of its structure underneath it, just like there is for us. So there‘s an equivalent of Andromeda over there. But it‘s quite a bit different because this was quite a bit different. They were the same encryption, but this has been The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 108 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

convoluted by…one of the things the Metatronic systems do is they first will tap into another lifefield, and then they will suck it into their system and they will shatter the original encryption of whatever it is they got hold of, and then blend it into some facsimile of it by blending it with itself. So these systems, even though they are parallel, they are quite different than what we have over here. There is still the natural one that would be the natural parallel of the Andromeda systems over there that doesn‘t have that problem, and that is a saving grace having that one there. That‘s the only reason we‘ve been able to – or the Beloveds have been able to – from Urtha, and the other ones that were over here behind this mess – whenever they start pulsing they can send a pulse through and ride on it because these guys control the Black Hole set that‘s at the center of our Veca, which controls the Black Hole sets that is at the center of our Galaxy. Now if you look at this alignment, right – you‘d think it‘s bad enough that we‘re like over in rotational alignment with the Black Holes when we opened the gates in 2000, but not only that – the center…this would be the center of the Milky Way…actually this would be the center of the Milky Way…this would be the center of our local Galaxy, right, which is a smaller group within the large Milky Way system – it was in direct alignment with this. This is a very nasty alignment. It means we can get pulsed directly from the Core of the Bourgha Matrix, and they have a lot of power in that matrix. It‘s a whole quantum from our Ecka-Veca system where the whole thing fell. So we actually started out with that alignment so as soon as the Gates did open, that‘s when they started trying to activate the Micca complex over here. The Micca complex is not just located in these star areas, but it‘s also in the planet areas where parallel Earth has a whole set of complexes using/abusing their Star Gates – their organic Star Gates, and turning them into service of the Micca complex as well. I forget how long ago it was, but some time during the dramas that we‘ve had, just in the Earth record here, the Beloveds mention that the Thetans and the Bourgha had invaded here. It was around the time – I think it was about say 25 million years ago – somewhere in the 25 million years ago period, when it was before we were seeded here – before Seeding One of the Angelic Humans on this Planet – they had seeded Parallel first, but Parallel got progressively taken out by the Thetans and the Bourgha. And then they broke through over here, and they created a complex in the grids, and that one was called the Mecca complex – the Mecca/Micca complex. And they were interfacing the grid sets that were meant to…well, basically feed the BeaST by taking this whole place down. Earth has always been an important…has always had an important connection because of its interfaces with…it‘s hosted into a star called AshaLA, that is actually around us at a different rotation of particle spin, so we can‘t see it. But it‘s actually there – we would have to shift our particle spin to end up there. But it like overlaps with us and interfaces with Urtha. So anyway, this Micca complex over here has been what the whole craziness about 2012 – with the New Age movement; Revelations in the Bible, and going way, way, way back. There was always something. There was always something. There was always mention of the drama, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 109 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

because it was in the race memory, even after the races got wiped out, and their memories wiped, there were still tinges of race memory about what was happening – a larger drama that we were part of. And that has come down in our history in various ways. The main two ways are Revelations, and then the Mayan prophecies and those kind of things. They all knew something about this. The Mayans knew about it because they got visited by ET‘s that told them about it – that reminded them about it. And in other groups, I believe, the Dogon tribes too, also had direct visitation that tried to explain some of this to them. Can you imagine trying to explain this, without having a photocopier even? I was thinking last night, one of the funniest things. You know what was the salvation of Earth? White-Out! Because I go through tubes of it doing these, to get the alignments right and all of that. And they wouldn‘t have got here! If this is helping us to get Earth through, I think White-Out definitely deserves a medal! Uh-oh – heats are coming – I‘m going to take my jacket off. I‘ve been blasting heats, on and off, for four or five hours now. It‘s another one of those. I don‘t know if you‘re getting it yet. . . . (Az speaks to Ash off mic) . . . You could fill Black Holes with White Out – I like that! That‘s a good one! So, we were fortunate that, after we got the Gates open, even though we were in this heck of a predicament, because the Beloveds were ready – we didn‘t go through this, like ―Oh, the Gates happened to open‖. This was all planned for a very, very long time – calculated risk, because it was the only chance of salvaging the system. But, it‘s also a chance of losing it, but, it was going to get lost anyway if the quantum burned itself out too far – you couldn‘t even attempt to salvage. So the Beloveds have, for years, since 22 326 BC, which was the last time they tried to get Earth‘s Templar working in a way that it could do a certain thing, because this was the problem that we‘ve been dealing with for eons, here in this Galaxy, in this Meta-Galaxy. And there‘s one potential solution to it, and it‘s Earth…actually AshaLA (the star that Earth was hosted into) holds a key position in relation to – if you can‘t solve the whole thing you can at least evacuate. And this is why it‘s always been a target – that Earth has always been a target. Because it wasn‘t just this little planet in this little Solar System somewhere out in the Orion Orb of this large Galaxy – it actually had a direct connection because of these alignments and what it could do if the ones from the Black Hole systems attempted to force things to a certain way, where a certain alignment would occur, then there was something that could be done with AshaLA and with Earth, that could at least hold off the inevitable if it was going to go into a fall…until the life-field …the Krystic life-field could be evacuated out. And anybody‘s welcome to be the Krystic life-field. It‘s not saying ―you can come and you can‘t‖, but it takes work. Look at the work that we‘ve been trying to do – all the people that come to the workshops – just getting the information down and then doing the techniques. We‘ve been working with Light-Body; Spirit-Body; all sorts of things – progressively trying to reverse-mutate the DNA so we could actually do ascension. Because one of the big lies on this planet that every religion, in its own way preaches – if they tell you anything about ascension at all, they make it look like it‘s completely out of control – just like, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 110 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

―oh, you get a rapture and God takes you up‖. Yeah, good luck with that! Yeah, and they also have you bury your bodies, where you don‘t free it from the Va-bha‘-TE cell, so you end up stuck and your consciousness stuck here. These are distortions of the re-legions, instead of the original legions of the Kryst, because they wanted to keep quantum. And that‘s really sad. So, it‘s like there are good parts of religions – doesn‘t matter what religion – but there are also parts that are misleading you because they are disempowering you from being able to understand. A lot of the New Age stuff will say ―Oh, that‘s only mental body stuff, we‘re beyond that – we do spiritual body stuff.‖ Yeah, it‘s like they think that the mind and the body are down here, and the spirit is somewhere else, and you just tune the rest out and everything will be hunky dory. Well it doesn‘t work that way. Part of your consciousness – your spirit – is embedded in your atoms, because it was your consciousness that was turned into your atoms through the Solar Symbiosis processes and the Fetal Integration process. You need to get your quantum back out or you get stuck. And this was known in the Atlantean periods – these were some of the teachings that got thrown out as fast as possible when the grids were damaged to create the mental block – because that‘s what happened. There were certain aspects of the NET that had gone up. They were caused by the planetary level BeaST machine apparatus – that literally affected the planetary electromagnetic grids and that affected our Epi-Genetic Overlay, and that affected our genes. And it gave us a bunch of junk DNA that didn‘t work anymore, and we don‘t even remember who we are. So they‘re all connected. We don‘t remember because of that environmental condition that was caused, and is caused by the BeaST machine. You know what‘s really funny? I haven‘t asked – I just got nudged on this one. There‘s something to do with Cern to be concerned about. There‘s this like, ―well, slight possibility of even a tiny Black Hole – but that‘s alright – but that‘s alright.‖ You know, what is it? A particle collider type thing that‘s…yeah. Well, this is connected to this. The scientists who are building it don‘t know that. They‘re being guided on certain thoughts, and those kind of things. And they get inspirations and great ideas, and they think, ―Hey, this could work. This could be good, it could be useful – helpful to the world‖. You know, people have been tricked for eons, here, into applying technologies that were actually…would cause their own demise. And that‘s what‘s happening with the science here as well. Between that, and the cloning and all of that kind of stuff . . . because they are cloning. They‘re already cloning people. They‘re just not telling anybody yet. Anyway, back to Black Holes. When we see the final graph that took me ages, because they don‘t just say, ―here‖ – where I can see the graph and study it. I get pieces of it and parts of it and it comes through and forms pictures on the page. ―What is that?‖ and I feel like…‖Wait a bit…that goes where?‖ And it takes ages to do these, right? Especially when there‘s complex alignments. So we‘re over here now. Right? We got out of this mess. And we did that by leaping, and the leap has to do with accelerating the Base Pulse Rhythm and the encryption in the Planetary Core, or the Solar System Core. It wasn‘t just our Planet and Solar System that leaped. We literally have shifted The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 111 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

the BPR of our Planet and Solar System into alignment with the BPRs, progressively, that go with those other probable Meta-Galactic Shields that we‘re a part of. So we‘re literally moving through, and materializing through the new BPRs. Every time we have an acceleration it changes the BPR a little bit, which changes our Probability Alignments a little bit. The Probability Alignments that change them on a huge level require a lot of energy incoming to change the BPR. So we‘ve gone through a lot just since 2000 when these Gates opened. So we‘ve moved the set – because we move together – well you could say we move together. Let‘s say the Andromeda – once they‘re basically where they are, and we just move through which alignments of them. But in each alignment we will see an Andromeda Galaxy up there. So we‘ve moved from the 1st Meta-Galaxy into the 3rd, and that leap that happened in August of 2008 – and I forget what we were doing, but we were right there in the middle of it doing whatever. It‘s on that list we gave a while back where we analyzed everything that was basically done through all the workshops, and the gridwork that was done. I forget what we were doing in 2008…not 2008, 2003…eight of 2003. Ah Andorra! Yes, right! We were trying to stop the activation of the Metatronic Seed Atom in Andorra. And that worked, actually. So, part of the reason why we were able to make the leap-shift is because we had certain…it was almost like tit-for-tat between certain groups – New Age groups – that were working with Metatronic beings. They don‘t realize they‘re Metatronic beings. They think Metatron‘s good. They don‘t realize that Metatron is using Black Hole science. And they would show up and do something, and we would show up and do something. But usually we would show up and do something because we‘d been guided to a site, and one of their groups would show up. It was really funny for a while there. Remember, there was quite a few. I remember we ended up in Egypt at the same time as one of them.

Sunday Lecture 2 [Audio Track 10] A‘sha Yeah, we even had at the Tor of Glastonbury where another group had just done their ceremony of the sword thing, or whatever. I mean, it has been really funny; it would make a funny B-grade movie. So anyway, we‘ve shifted out; the first shift was from Meta-Galactic-1 (MG-1) to Meta-Galactic 3 (MG-3) and we‘ll look at that at the next one, please.

[00:27] So that‘s where the alignment was, that‘s where the natural alignment was for the Andromeda of the MG-1, and that means over here for Meta-Galactic, Milky Way, MG-1. Because of their offset, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 112 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

the way they‘re offset together…and the way I did this was, literally, I cut out on a Mylar the two of the them together and then I rotated them together on each one, lining up the one that was easy to line up which was the one that‘s in the normal position, because you can line it up easily on one of the normal axis. So that‘s how we got the rotations to see where what was positioned. So, we went from 1 to 3. Now this is the Milky Way 3 axis and here is the M-31 number 3, so you line it up on the M-31 number 3 and it shows you where Milky Way is, which is a step over, but they‘re still connected and they are still together. So this is the MG-3 B and MG-3 A, and the A and B ones are simply that one that was the Meta-Galactic Core of Andromeda that split into part Andromeda and part the Sagittarius-A star stuff, mess, that is in the Black Hole at the center of the Milky Way. And it actually goes further; there is something called the Abaddon that is down deeper in that hole, but science hasn‘t found that yet. And they call Sagittarius A-Star, I believe, is the last one that they‘ve figured out is the center of the hole, but there is more inside of it. So anyway, we made it to 3 and there was something that we didn‘t…the Beloveds had never explained where we had to leap to, fully. But where we had to leap to is we had to make it to the 6 leap, we had to make it to...it‘s clear on the other one, but we had to make it from 3 to the 4 alignment and 4 to the 6 alignment, because there is something that can only happen when we‘re aligned on the...let‘s see, Milky Way Galactic-6 is there and that puts…I think I have the number wrong on this one…5, Galactic 5…these drive me crazy with the double sets of numbers. Here is our alignment, that‘s where we are aligned now, M-31, MG-6. This is the Essential Axis that was needed to do something that can stop that mess. Not stop it but hold the situation for a while, in order for evacuation to take place, because it connects through into the center of our Ecka. That would be our Ecka Center, and these are our Veca Centers, but that‘s our Ecka Center, and then here, if you go all the way out Veca-12 it will take you to the other connection into the Eckasha-11, and that takes you up to the Eckasha-A 12, and the different stack that we have. So if there is going to be a Transmission Set sent down from high above that could help us through that, it would need to come through this path. And the Krystal River Host was designed to hold something called the Ma-Sha-Ya Ha-Na Vortex which is part of the Host System that we‘ll see how that works in a little while. We made it by August of 2003, we‘d made it to Axis-3 but we still needed to make it to 6. Next one, please.

[04:03] So all the things we‘ve been doing with all these wacky workshops that…I always wished they could focus more on just the personal development part so we can all learn to be happy, happy, joy, joy, like all the ones running around doing Metatronic Teachings, because they don‘t worry about Black Holes and things, because they don‘t talk about them. But I can see why now we had to do what we did, because literally, the fact that we have been anchoring these frequencies on the Planet, the ones that are coming from the Host, it has allowed it to go this far without us just being completely dragged into the Black Hole Alignment. So, I guess it has been worth it. But it has been a lot of work. Not just the work with the workshops but with the constant like…we do a lot of work at home as well, I get pieces of the diagrams, I‘m always in transmission, but just the undercurrent of being in a war. I mean it has always been there, it is like The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 113 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

tug of war, there is like the astral attacks, all sorts of really crazy stuff that made it very, very difficult. Not just for me and my family but for people of the Shield. So, it has been a rough time for most of us, this ride since 2000 when the Gates opened, and I think we‘re doing pretty good. We‘ve just made a big victory by reaching the MG-6 Alignment. So this was November 1st of 2008, we finally made if from 3 into 4. So we made the 4 Alignment, and that left one more of the Meta-Galactic shifts to get to the Meta-Galactic Alignment we needed and it will be at that point; it was the only point we could actually do the Crossover. And the Crossover, again, is shifting back into the natural Andromeda angular rotation of particle spin alignments with our bodies, with the Shield, and a portion of the Planetary Grids that can hold, at least for a while; so we have the ability to make it through 2012, basically, as you‘ll see what 2012 is about. So we made it to 4. Next one, please.

[06:03] And finally we had made, during the Sarasota workshop period, we had anchored the shift, the Great Leap Shift from 4 into 6. And that was called leaping a Round. It is a leap shift because, there are sets of 4 that kind of go together, and we actually leaped from one set of 4 to the next. So we leaped from 4, which is the 4-10-1-7 Alignment, I believe, into the 6 which would be the 6-12-39 Alignment. So that was a major shift. And the major part of it is it creates an alignment here, that allows for certain things to occur that need to. Because, what these do when this whole Micca Complex over in the Parallel Milky Way is activated, it creates this nightmare through the Dragon‟s Eye; that place where the two fields interface. And if it weren‘t for the fact that what we…what is going to activate tonight, if we weren‘t able to do that, and it can only be done on this alignment, this would have just taken us in. In 2012 we would have been pulled into alignment with it. It doesn‘t mean we would have just disappeared off the…like our Galaxy would not have fallen out of the sky and disappeared somewhere else, but it would have been progressively…it‘s Ah-VA‘-yas Body and Ah-VE‘-yas Bodies would have been pulled into that alignment, and progressively, it would have de-manifested here and re-manifested there. So that‘s what getting pulled into the Black Hole Alignment means. And once you‘re in you can‘t get…it‘s a closed system, you can‘t get out you can only go in. So we made this shift, and this is good, so we are here now. We also have that interesting interface with this one. We have MG Core-6 A, which is the center of the Andromeda one. And even though that‘s in the Andromeda System it interfaces energetically, directly with AshaLA and our Earth, so this is a good alignment. This is a key alignment here, and this is why we‘ve been using the 3-3-3, right now, because we need to keep the connection between Stellar-3, which is Urtha in Solar System-3, in Galaxy-3 of the M-31 Meta-Galactic-6 Shield. That is the alignment right now that is holding our ability to hold Host, and it is through that alignment that we started opening the Triangulation that is the beginning of a vortex. It‘s not a vortex yet it‘s a triangulation of energy points that allow frequency from M-31 System to come into this Planet, and this Galaxy System, Meta-Galaxy, Galaxy. And it also means you will be receivers of the frequencies from Andromeda, at this point as well, where you‘ll have your Ah-VE‘-yas Body will have receivers turned on that will be able to begin picking up the Primal Life Force Currents that come in from there. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 114 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So there will be, probably, some interesting dream activity happening, eventually, where you might start getting inter-stellar incarnational memory coming through in dreams, and those kinds of things, so don‘t be surprised. Now let‘s see...I don‘t need to look at this anymore…on this one I didn‘t show that whole Micca Complex because I didn‘t have time to cut it out on the one, and line it up and past it up on the next one, but that whole mess is over in here, and we‘ll look at that again on a different diagram. But we are here now and we‘re not going to stay here, but we need to stay here for a while and when…in a little bit, once I get through these diagrams, we‘ll look at how these fit into Time Cycles too. Because we‘re in a Time Cycle between now, when we first entered this MG-6 Alignment, we‘re right now in the Universe-1 Alignment, not Universe but Galaxy-1 Alignment, and we need to, by 2012, get into the Galaxy-3 Alignment but not go past that. Because it‘s going past that, that actually the BeaST Machine on Planet, is going to create accelerations in the Planetary Grids that try to move us very quickly through the BPR (Base Pulse Rhythm) rotations, or escalations, that would bring us to a certain point of alignment by the time we hit 2012. And it would actually, not just move us here, they‘re going to try to move us out of the 6 position and into alignment over here, on the 12. Now we‘re going to end up in the 12 but we‘re going to actually have a split. We‘ve talked about the Phantom System before. Where that‘s the part that‘s already fully aligned with the Black Hole Systems, and then there is the part in the middle, the blended part, like Blended Earth. We‘re on Blended Earth. Part of it is NET Earth, where it‘s netted but it still has the potential to align with the rest of Earth, which is Median Earth, the Ascension Earth, and part of it is called the Caduceus (CAD) Earth, of the blend, that is connected to the Phantom part. So the whole system is like that, not just the Planet, and we‘re going to…there is going to be a progressive separation between the Phantom System, which is going to go into that acceleration rotation and end up here, right at the same time. They‘ll go through it this way, we‘re going to go through…we‘re going to stay in this position until 2012 and we‘re going to build…our main thing is to get our Galactic Alignment into the 3 position. And than hold that so we don’t get dragged with Phantom Earth, and then we‘ll be able to do…go through the center, do, kind of like a Ma-ShaYanic Flash Fold through, what are called the Middle Domains; that the Middle Actuality Domains in the Center Core Systems. And we will end up, also in the 12, but in the 12 MG Alignment, but in a different way than we would if we just got dragged in by the BeaST System. So, for now our Codes will be, that Sacred Sentence will be as it is, and I‘ll show you, in a little bit, what that has to do with the ones on top that go all the way up to our Eckasha-Aah level. But then they also go over into the Aquareion Matrix which is in an Adjacent Eckasha-A. So those Codes were actually given to make a…to anchor a loop of energy through, that will allow the energy to come, and if you were up here in those Systems it would come down, it would come through the center of the Eckasha-A into the Eckasha, it would come into the Ecka Center and than it can run here. And I will show you on the larger, the larger diagram what the activation tonight is going to anchor the process of. It is going to open a large vortex that will allow for a safety net, actually, to be brought into this system, a frequency safety net and I‘ll show you that in a little bit. Is there anything else on here that I need to say...no. OK, next one, please. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 115 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

[13:11] Is this the nightmare one? Yes! It looks like a stealth bomber, a little. Yeah, where do I start with this one? “2012, the Phantom Split and the Dragon‟s Eye”, well this is the Dragon‘s Eye, the Eye of the BeaST. I‘ll read this first if I can read my writing. It says; the ―2012 Cosmic Show Down, Accelerations of the Omega BeaST Micca Complex will cause our Meta-Galaxy to cycle into the MG-12, G-3, Solar System-3 position‖. So, it‘s going to drag us…it‘s meant to drag us, and it‘s going to be Phantom that falls. As long as we get the Crossover started and it anchors the way it is supposed to in the Aquafereion Shield, we‘ll be able to do the same with NET Earth‘s Shield and then we will not get dragged in. But the Phantom set are going to get dragged in, and accelerated to this alignment here, where…this would be Milky Way Meta-Galactic Core at 12, on the 12 Alignment. This creates this whole mess, if this 12 Alignment occurs. Here is the Micca Complex sets and you have…part of the Micca Complex is the 6-6-6 right here in the Meta-Galaxy 6, Galaxy 6, Solar System 6, and those 6‘s also anchor through Planet 6‘s like Jupiter, because Jupiter is actually the 6 th Planet, Maldek was the 5th but now its an Asteroid Belt because they blew it up. So anyway, this complex is meant to progressively activate. They‘ve been progressively activating parts of this. You have the Galactic 12 Core here, and you have the Solar System 12…here is your 12-12 set. You have the 11…where is my other 11 set? That‘s the Galactic Core 11, and the other 11 is here. So you have the 11-11‘s, the 12-12‘s, these are all part of the Micca Complex. And it‘s, literally, linking a bunch of powerful gates in the system, in the Black Hole System through the big one that is the Core Veca Sun in the Bourgha System because the Bourgha System cuts through here, that‘s the Bourgha System line. So, this is a massive monstrosity, actually. It is the Leviathan, the BeaST that rises from the waters, and comes and wipes us out, that‘s what they are trying to do. Now if we end up in this alignment; where is Earth in this? Here is Earth. We would be here, and here is Parallel Earth. There would be a frequency link between Earth and Parallel Earth between our Sun and the Parallel Sun over there, I believe that‘s Rhabezoid, and this would link into the Meta-Galactic Core, Milky Way‘s Meta-Galactic Core at the 12 Alignment. But also look at what it puts at the 12 Alignment. Before, when we were on Axis-1 it was our Galactic Core that came on this line, on that direct line. This time it‘s the Meta-Galactic Core, so they can take out the MetaGalactic Shield, not just the Galactic Shield. This is the big alignment they‘ve been waiting for. For eons they‘ve been waiting to get us into this position, because it‘s from here that they can triangulate all the way through, get the Veca-5 Core, and just drag the whole bunch in through this system. And Earth was always a key, or AshaLA was always a key to this because of this triangulation between Earth, AshaLA and its Parallel over in this system. And that‘s why Earth had been…that‘s why they built the, what they call the Mecca Complex on here; they had the Micca over there, the Mecca over here and they were the ones that would run these huge frequencies that were meant to drag the whole system in. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 116 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Now we would be…if…this is why they said this is one activation set that is ―failure is not an option‖ because they would have to pull the Shield and get us out of there as fast as possible if, I mean out of the System, out of the Milky Way, basically, if that didn‘t work. Because here, if we can do the Crossover and begin to bring in the Code Frequencies from Andromeda it will also…we‘ll also bring them in from those higher levels all the way through, bring in that protective blanket of frequency that will actually allow us to shift our Galactic Shield so we can shift and grow into the BPR of the 3rd Galaxy. But we still need to stay within the Meta-Galactic 6 Shield so we don‘t end up dragged into this progressive acceleration alignment that the Omega System is going to do on this Planet and in this System; so we don‘t get dragged with Phantom, in other words, into this alignment sooner. If we hold this until the 2012 period then…I can hardly wait to see the preparation for whatever workshops on 2012, because I know we‘re going to have some major events during that time of the great, grand, show-down. But we will be trained on how to anchor the pass-through, where we actually get to pass through into, through the center instead of being dragged around the whole rotation acceleration. We‘ll still come into alignment, we‘ll come back into alignment with Phantom. That can‘t be avoided, but what can be avoided is the triangulations that allow for this to happen. They can be avoided as long as certain alignments are held. And the one map that took me forever, this one took me quite a while too, because they were showing me this, and that, and what am I looking at? And finally, I got it enough where I could show the basics. But there is something interesting that happens over in through here, if we‘re successful which we will be, with the Crossover Alignment. (To Az) Now that‘s on the other one, on the next one, I believe. I‘ll read some of these too, let me see. OK, so we‘ll cross the Meta-Galaxy to cycle into the MG, Meta-Galacti-12, Galactic-3, I‘m getting tired, Solar System-3 position. What this does, if that occurs and it will, the Phantom System will go, this brings Earth into direct alignment with the Milky Way Meta-Galactic-12, Meta-Galactic Core the Black Hole, so it brings Earth into alignment. This is the stuff that I think some of the Mayan stuff was talking about; where Earth actually does come into alignment with the Black Hole at the center of the Milky Way, and that kind of stuff. But it comes into alignment with a lot more than that. That‘s like the least of your worries, with the rest of this going on. The big problem is not that Earth comes into direct alignment with the Black Hole at the center of the Milky Way, but what is aligning with the center of the Milky Way. That‘s the big problem, because that‘s the Veca-2 Black Hole System that‘s in the Bourgha Matrix. And that‘s like curtains, because that has so much…it just has, there is so much power within this complex that it will override…this system is damaged to the point where it can‘t withstand that kind of frequency coming in. So the Mayans were part right, they just didn‘t have the whole story, probably because they didn‘t have photocopiers, [laughing] because it‘s very hard to do the maps with little drawings on cave walls. (A‘sha continues to read document) The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 117 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Alright, it says Earth and our Sun, if we were dragged into this, Earth and our Sun would draw into alignment with the, with their parallels, both of the parallels; Earth and the Sun‘s parallel in Veca-2 and this would bring, and it would begin bringing in the Micca Complex, the 6-6-6, 11-11 and 12-12 Complexes online. So they would all come online through Earth and our Sun. And these were meant to actually make the link so they could use it to pull the rest of the System in. That‘s why the System has always been valuable to those who are trying to do this manoeuvre. Because, that‘s why Earth and our Sun, because they hold key positions of alignment that if you get them to a certain position, and they already took over their parallels so they have those under their control, under the Black Hole controls. They could use the whole system, to literally, bring the whole Veca in, Veca-5 into Veca-2. And what they want to do is actually, sandwich it into what would be a vesica pisces fold and then just feed off it. Yeah, and when they kill that one then they‘d wait till…try to figure out how to angle into another one, another Living System and that‘s how the Black Hole System Beings operate. They have very advanced technologies of science, and those kinds of things, that are used in ways, unfortunately, that are very. . .what‘s considered anti-Krystic. And that means not supporting of Eternal Life, but supporting of finite life and vampiring of energy. OK, let‘s see...now, with successful Crossover Alignment, NET Earth, Median Earth and AshaLA will be held stable in the Meta-Galactic-6 position and progressively engage Crossover shift to the M-31 Galaxy-3, Solar System-3, SG-3 which is Stellar-3 Alignments, 3-3-3 Alignment. They are only using the top 3, we are on Earth, that‘s really four 3‘s together but 3-3-3‘s are enough for now they said, at least, anyway. So this would…we would stay in this alignment from now, when it‘s actually occurring through these two activations that are taking place during this workshop, until 2012. And then we would shift again to a 12 Alignment, the MG-12 Alignment. But it‘s a very specific one that allows for something very important to occur that involves the Staff; you know how we have the Staff is a vertical column and the Rod is the horizontal one running left and right. Well the Staff of Urtha will be able to interact directly, frequency-wise. And remember Urtha is in M-31, but we will be able to interact frequency-wise with the Rod of Earth. So it will actually be able to hold the Rod of Earth, which will stop certain rotations, and will block the ability to have our systems taken down, the NET Earth Systems taken down and even our Meta-Galactic Shield taken down; until we have to let go of that, which will be at the end of the 22,000, no, what is it, that‘s the other one. What is the end of the Load-Out date? 2230, that‘s it. So we‘ll be able to hold the Host where, eventually, it is going to go. The Phantom System is going to go, and this system, not the one we‘re going to be in but, eventually, the Milky Way System is going to go in this direction; it is going to go into phase-lock with the Black Hole Systems. But at that point the Gates will close. There is something, I believe, the Beloveds are going to do to stop them from using the Milky Way‘s connection to anything else, to try to eat anything else, and it‘s going to be a closed system. It would become a closed system anyway, once it falls into that vesica pisces lock with the Black Hole System. So by that point we‘re going to be out of here and we‘ll be moving someplace nicer. That‘s why they‘re teaching us to Slide now; we‘ve got 200 years to figure out how to do this. But the big thing The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 118 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

that‘s coming up is the 2012 issue because it always has…there is a reason it became like ―oh 2012, 2012‖ everybody has been talking about 2012 for quite a few years, 20 years, 30 years maybe even 40 years now, and this is why, because this is the alignment that is going to occur. There are little ones the astrologists are figuring out ―oh the Earth is going to align with the center of the Milky Way Galaxy.‖ And some people think that ―yeah, great thing!‖ No, not great thing! [laughter in audience] But we can go ―yeah, great thing‖ because, because that‘s such a not a great thing that great things had to be done to counterbalance it. So, there are going to be very good things happening there as long as the Host Mission continues successfully. And we‘ll see what the successful looks like. It‘s a lot happier than this nasty thing. Next one, please.

[26:00] Oops, that‘s not the next one. OK, yeah I‘ll use this one first. This is going back up for a moment to the whole Eukatharista Map where we‘re looking at the Ecka map of the God-World Gates, and we‘re looking at where we‘re located in the higher parts of our system. So this is our…we‘re talking about our Veca and our Veca is one of the little balls inside of this Eckasha so we‘re building…this is going up all the way through our systems. This is the frequency we‘re opening. The beginning codes that were given at the end sequence of the Sentence, the Numerical Sentence that you were using, they correspond to this. And the coordinates that were given, correspond to these coordinates within the Eckasha-Aah over here, which is our Adjacent Eckasha-Aah. This is where the Aquareion Matrix is, the ones who‘ve been running the Krystal River Host for eons and finally they are able to open this passage. This passage, that will bring in two currents, that will actually be able to surround and come in, directly in through…this would be the core of…what is this our Eckasha-A, yeah, through our Eckasha-A Core or Eckasha-A-12 then into Eckasha-11, through the Eckasha-11 Core and then directly into the center. Sorry, this is the Eckasha, this is our Eckasha and these are the Vecas. I missed a step in there, but anyway. It‘s coming down through…here it will hit the center of our Eckasha, our Ecka Center. And from here, it will create a triangulation that creates a big vortex that first allows these frequencies to hold the Meta-Galactic Shield from rotating so it won‘t go with the Phantom. And Phantom will pull away from…so Phantom is literally going to begin separating after this activation occurs this morning. That‘s when the Phantom System is going to start separating away. We‘ll meet up with it later but…because we‘re going to jump through the middle in 2012, as far as our system alignment, where they‘re being pulled through the accelerations, which means there is a lot of things that we won‘t have to see that would happen in those probabilities that involve wars and a bunch of other mess. It doesn‘t mean we might not see some of it, but we won‘t see nearly as bad as what it was going to look like in the acceleration drama that they are creating. So it is this huge thing and this is huge. They call this the Ma-Sha-Ya-Ha-Na Core. And this is where the Priest Caste is. These are the ones that are actually inviting us to join them as…they‘re not just local Guardian Keepers, they‘re on a Cosmic level, actually. So they‘re inviting us into these studies that have to do with…they call it a Priest Caste just like they call the Melchizedek thing a Priesthood. That doesn‘t mean that you have to wear a white collar and you have to be The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 119 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

male either. It simply means you‘re dedicated to the service of the Templars, the Template Pillars which are the whole Star Gate, Cosmic Star Gate Suns. So we start little and now we‘ve been…we‘re graduating because these frequencies...they will open up first in the Aquafereion Shield. We‘re running a short cycle ahead. We have to activate first before we can assist the Planet to activate when it comes to this particular Crossover Activation. So the next three workshops are about the Aquafereion Shield getting its Crossover, where it has made those alignments that are necessary, and the people‘s bodies have made those alignments. And this one is working on, first opening up the connections to this that run through the bio-fields and through the brain. And we‘ll work on the ones that run through the body level on the Sliders-2 workshop, not 2 but Sliders-5 and then 6; there is some kind of integration process that I don‘t even know what it‘s going to look like yet. I don‘t even know what the body part one is going to look like. I was lucky I knew what this workshop looked like...boy and I‘m really hoping that they‘re not all going to be time crazy like this one. I do apologize for that. But this huge frequency set, it‘s like a set of big protective frequency arms coming down from the Adashi Adepts that are the Ma-Sha-Yanic Priest Caste of the Aquareion Matrix. And again, this Aquareion Matrix never falls, it‘s a Control Matrix. It‘s when the Consciousness that embodies there chose to be fully in service to the Kryst, to the principles of the Kryst so they could…and they also agreed to stay in the Matrix where they weren‘t going to push any envelopes too far, as far as how far can you push Free Will without getting in trouble. So they can retain enough frequency, enough of their own quantum in Kryst Alignment that they could go and rescue. They are kind of like the rescue ship, almost like the coast guard. If you‘re boat‘s sinking or something they will come and try to assist you, and that is just the core purpose that their Matrix was…the Consciousness Field in their Matrix chose to be in. Nobody incarnates in there unless they want to, unless that‘s the purpose they want to hold. So, we‘re being invited to join them if we want to. It doesn‘t mean we have to be forever into service of the whatever‘s but, what it means right now is that, we‘re willing to hold Shield down here and get ourselves out, would be nice, and hopefully help this whole thing to work because if we don‘t get…if this does not work, we‘re not getting out either, is what it comes down to. If 2012 goes badly they have a very short time to pull the Shield and to like get who can out now and get them into…they‘d have to take you into the Middle Domains, in through Middle Earth, and then there would be a lot or rehabbing the gene code to do there, as well. So, it kind of pays…back to the old titles of workshops like ―Personal Healing through Planetary Service‖. Boy, they weren‘t kidding. Yes, we are healing ourselves, but we‘ve been in the Planetary Service Mission all along with these crazy midnight 4 am workshops, doing all sorts of amazing grid-work. So this is what‘s coming in and this is what it‘s going to look like. You‘ll see in a little bit what it‘s going to look like when it‘s coming into the maps. So this is from the up higher level, but where it comes in and starts to enter our Eckasha-A, and our Eckasha Core, and into our Veca Cores; you‘ll see where it comes down the closer maps in a minute. Next one, please.

[32:53] The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 120 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

“The Essential Crossover Alignment Activation Two” it‘s called “Opening the Ma-Sha-Ya-HaNa Vortex of the Krystal River Host into the Aquafereion Shield”. And, of course, once our activations are done then we‘ll be assisting the Planetary Shield, the NET Earth Planetary Shield, and that‘s what these Drum Circles, what they are about. And, we‘ll be using the Codes, and they‘ll probably give us more tonal codes to use as well, and the drums, and literally, bringing part of NET Earth‘s grids online with the 3-3-3 Alignment. Because, right now, it‘s the 3-3-3 Alignment that we‘ve got to phase-lock in, to stop us from getting dragged in with the Omega Activations that are happening that would pull us into that acceleration that would take us into the MG-12 Alignment with the wrong axis of things. And if we do, that‘s where we end up falling. Now, this is a good triangle; that thing that looked like a little Eckasha looping around us from the Aquareion Matrix. It will come down, come through our Eckasha-A, which is Eckasha-A-12, and it would come down through Veca-12 line into Eckasha-11 Center. And, from there it would ride through, actually all of them, but the one we‘re concerned about, it would ride through into the Veca Core and, it will also ride through into the Meta-Galactic Core. That‘s the Meta-Galactic Core that corresponds with the Andromeda Matrix. It will come through Andromeda but it will also split, and this was designed to do this, this is a particular grid-set that was designed as part of this Host. It will also have the center-line coming, but it will also send frequency here to our Meta-Galactic Core in the 6 Alignment, while we‘re in the 6 Alignment, and up to here which is the Urtha System in Andromeda. So it‘s literally linking, frequency wise, Andromeda. Here is our triangle that we started with. It‘s now turning that triangle into a vortex of energy that allows, that energy, to come down this way, and there is the other side of it comes down that way, and comes in here. And, it literally, creates like a sling that will hold this System. Even though the Black Hole is pulling on it, it will still hold it so it can‘t be dragged. And, for now, that will hold us till 2012. Then, in 2012 we‘ll go through…I can hardly wait to see the grid stuff on this, I don‘t know what it‘s going to look like yet but with this vortex we will be able to be guided through. And there is some kind of activation that will take us…instead of coming around to the 12 Alignment this way, by the progressive accelerations, we‘ll actually come in through the center and pop out; we‘ll pop out in the same place in the Veca-12 Alignment but we‘ll be in a different set of positions. And, right here, is key for Earth. And what Earth is doing is actually key for holding the whole Matrix till the end of the Load-Out. So before, when we had the other triangulation, the nasty one coming in from over here, there was a connection between Earth and Parallel Earth that allowed the 6-6-6 to plug in, and the 11-11‘s, and the 12-12‘s, to bring that whole Matrix online through Earth and Earth‘s Sun. This has us…and it‘s a change, we left…we will leave the Probability Alignment from MetaGalactic-6, Galactic-3, Solar System-3, and we‘ll bring it into the Meta-Galactic-12, Galactic-12, yeah, Meta-Galactic-12, Galactic-12, Solar System-5, number 3 Star which is Earth, Stellar-3. Why, because in 5, this is the Alignment that will occur with this one. Now, this is the Andromeda one, the M-31 over on the Meta-Galactic-12, this is Urtha in that system. They are still in Solar System3, still Stellar-3, and still Galactic-3, but to line up with those we have to change our Galactic Alignment, and I believe, yeah, our Galactic has to go to 12, and our Solar System Alignment has to go to 5. We‘re still in 3 because we‘re Earth. And this will allow the Staff of Urtha that comes The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 121 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

down, the bottom Staff, because the top would be up here at the center, and the bottom Staff will actually send frequencies. And this is like coming down from the Andromeda Galaxy, 2.5 million light years away, but these are like nanosecond bursts of frequency that just create a field. And it doesn‘t take time, alright they said, it doesn‘t take what you would call time for the things to travel because they go directly through the Ah-VA‘-yas Bodies. Oh interesting, there is a whole bunch about the Ah-VA‘-yas Bodies we haven‘t learned yet, hmm. So anyway, this alignment will allow this frequency to come down from here, and also, over here is where you have that interface with the M-31. Again, this is Andromeda, but it‘s the Meta-Galactic-12 A, Meta-Galactic Core, so we‘ll actually have this frequency thing happening that will hold our Rod, the Rod of Earth. Because the Rod of Earth is what the Omega is designed to split. We‘ve talked about that in other workshops, it‘s meant to split the Rod, and that will literally crack the Plates, and send us into catastrophic wipe out very, very quickly. That‘s why they call it the Omega Kill Code, and this will stop that from occurring. It will also block the triangulations that go over into Parallel Earth, that allows that whole big Matrix to come in, and drag us all in. We‘ll still have the Phantom Earth and the quantum of this Veca Shield; it is going to fall, the Veca is going to fall into alignment, into phase-lock with this, but not until after the Host is done. The Host will last until 2230 AD. During this period, first, we have the jump that we need to get to; this set of Alignments which is the 12-12-5-3, so we will go from where we are to that. And then between 2047 and 2052, this system, the Andromeda System is going to enter, begin entering the Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold, which is Fold-1, and the Folds of Creation that we‘ve talked about. So it will pull into alignment with its actual probability that is over there, and then it will begin pulling into alignment this way, where our Veca-5 will start to pull into alignment with Veca-11, which would be its Adjugate Twin, into the whole Ecka-Eckasha center. Then there is a stage after that. We would still be able to be on Planet during that period of time, but when it goes to Fold-2, they‘re literally. . .this system, parts of this system, they‘re Ascension Waves going up, where parts of the Star Systems will jump up to the next level, and we‘ll be able to jump up a bit to the next level. It ought to be interesting to see where on Urtha we‘re going to be, because that‘s what we‘re aiming for, eventually. But we‘ll have stops going through the Middle Earth Domains first, like down in the center of Earth, and that will take us…they will show us what the path is from there. But what will happen after we leave in 2230 AD, that is when the fallen, the Kryst Fall Host, the Budhara Host…who allowed themselves to fall so they could actually serve this role and assist as a Matrix that‘s still running on Kryst principles, Krystic principles, but it is a Black Hole System. It‘s a last chance system for places that have fallen, but it still has enough quantum that it can hold them in the same position. This will be the position that the remaining part of NET Earth, and CAD Earth, and Phantom Earth will remain in, in a Host, until eventually; once things evolve out of this system, because part of what we‘ll…they will be trained to do is to realize that they‘re in a falling system. And that they‘re going to need to get off their Planet, eventually, because the Sun is going through its Bhardoah Cycle, and it‘s not going to be liveable. So they‘re going to probably see, kind of like a, Battlestar Galactica type of drama unfolding on NET Earth. That‘s not something that the Ascension Teachings are meant for us to see. We‘re The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 122 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

going to see, literally, an Ascension, and we‘re going to learn to Slide and get out of here, and go see nicer places. But, it‘s all been about this for eons and eons now, and it‘s coming down to the big final showdown in 2012. If we can make this…and there will always be this issue for anybody, when you‘re down here, even if we‘re protected by the Host, it is going to always be the issue of these guys trying to blow frequency through, to drag you down. And what it is for them, is trying to generate enough quantum to overpower the quantum of energy that is actually holding your Host. So they would have to overpower this whole set of frequencies coming through, that will bring through those arms that are actually going to hold this System. But eventually, it would just…you can‘t hold a system like that forever. Eventually, you have to let something go so it can go back space-dust return, because it‘s just stuck in the Matrix otherwise. And that will, eventually, be the fate for Sovereign Fall Earth that will go Kryst Fall. But eventually, it will have to relocate itself in its local Galaxy, and it will have help with that from the other groups that are still working. There are Adashi Master type Beings in the Budhara civilizations that chose to stay in those systems just so they could assist with things. They kind of like, sort of like, the Aquari groups chose to keep everything as perfect as possible so they‘d be able to help and play lifeguards. Well some of those…that even though the Budhara ones aren‘t of the Aquareion, direct Aquareion line they chose to allow the fall of their Matrix to occur, but then to sustain it with using Kryst principles. And because they use their system as a Service System where others from Black Holes that are in a fallen Black Hole and can‘t get out, they can come into those systems and still have a nice life, a nice existence. They can still evolve into the Kryst, as far as the Kryst understanding and working with it, and learning to take the best way home, and realizing that there are worse things than death, there are worse things than space-dust. Being stuck in a vampire matrix is one of them, because they‘re just crazy technologies that abuse the heck out of everything, and the experience is not very pleasant. So this is what everything we‘ve worked up to, to this point has been about, is to…the revelation of this problem that involves 2012 that has been a problem that has been there for all of the history that we have taught about Earth, and that kind of thing, has to do with this BeaST Machine. And this is looking at the guts of the BeaST, and actually looking at it in the maps. I would be interested to see if, now that we know where…how these maps kind of translate into seeing the Milky Way Galaxy and seeing the Andromeda Galaxy. Well we know at least what general direction, if we could figure out, just like, on the one sheet that shows how the Galaxy, how science‘s pictures of the Galaxy; how they correspond to the maps over here, there must be a way to tell at least, which direction in the sky this stuff is occurring from. I‘m very curious about that. So we could actually understand where the invasion systems are, and realize we‘re not alone out there in the Universe. We‘re not by far alone. And sometimes we‘d better off being alone than being with some of the things that are out there in the Universe, like those who choose to make machines like this. Anyway, that is what it‘s about on the big picture level. (to Az) What do I have next? This fits in to time-frames, yeah; well this is part of time-frames.

[45:47] The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 123 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Alright, now, how do these cycles fit into where you can…how do these rotations through…or BPR leaps through these Probabilities connect into time? What you‘re looking here at first, notice, there are 12, there are the 12 but there is also a set of extra, they look like extra 4. What you actually have is a set of 8 lines and a set of…interface with a set of 12. The 8 lines, I didn‘t have time to go pull it out, have to do with that 8 Line Octant Chart that we‘ve used where you have 8 Octants in a Cycle. When you put them together, of what does that mean in relation to the Probabilities, it means you get in one probability; if this is like Line-1, Probability Line-1, this is where Probability-1 starts. It goes to here, then Probability-2, I believe, no, that‘s 12 up there, here, this is where it starts. Probability-1 starts here, and then Probability-2 starts here but then Octant-1 ends. So you get 1 Probability and a half in each Octant. So that means the progression of frequency accretion that raises the BPR, and the encryption that occurs in one Cycle is…as you‘re passing through the...let me phrase it this way, as you‘re accreting frequency through the processes of Harmonic Key Generation, etcetera, that is increasing the BPR and moving you from one Probability to the next. Those Probabilities are, literally, they fall within the Octant Cycle; the sets of the Octant Cycle which have to do with time periods. Now there are ways to calculate. They gave me the time-frames that we need to think about right now but they also showed me some base formulas, and they‘re not all…not all Cycles have the same amount of time, I mean, there are different periods where each Octant would be, say, this long in one type of Cycle and it would be a different amount in another type of Cycle. What is important to understand here is this is the Milky Way here, this one. And this would be…this is looking at it this way, would be representing the Meta-Galactic Shield. And remember each little line in the Meta-Galactic Shield, each of the 12 lines was a Galaxy. So each one of these lines would represent the period of time when the Galaxy or the rotations of the Galaxies through the Meta-Galactic Shield. So we can actually chart our time passage. If we‘re in Galaxy-1, where are we? If we‘re in Galaxy-1 of Meta-Galactic-6 which we just entered with the Sarasota workshop period, we would evolve to this period. Now if we knew what date that was, we do know, that was the Sarasota workshop period, then if we could figure out about how long each of these cycles were, we could plan it out. And one way to do it is to know the start-time and know the end-time. The end-time is between December 15th and December 21st 2012. So, this is our final Alignment Cycle as far as coming into the 2012 Alignment. This is…in this period we‘re going to have to get from…move from 1 to 3. So we‘d have to complete the accretion of the frequencies of this Probability, Probability-1 finish where we are, also Probability-2 and also Probability-3. But that‘s where we want to stay with our Galactic Shield because it‘s the 3-Alignment that we want to keep until 2012. There is some other things happening too because, simultaneously, Phantom Earth is getting the accelerations, and they‘re right in the same place with us now to at a different ARPS. They are going to be getting the Omega accelerations. And they‘re going to be trying to drag us into the progressive accelerations to get us up into the 12-Alignment at the…when we‘re still on the Milky Way Alignment instead of at the M-31 Alignment. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 124 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So when we‘re staying in Meta-Galactic-6 which would be, let‘s see, well this would be MetaGalactic-6 Shield and we‘re going to stay in Galaxy-3 which means we‘d finish…where am I, Galaxy-1, finish Galaxy-2, we‘d finish Galaxy-3, and we would stay, like here, we wouldn‘t cross into 4. And it‘s from that position that we would actually make the leap in 2012 but, meanwhile, the other ones are going to be going this way. There is a point of interface that it becomes quite dangerous. It has to do with the Krystal Spiral versus the Metatronic Spiral that we‘ve talked about a long time ago. There is a point where the Metatronic Spiral creates a harness, or attempts to harness the Krystal Spiral. And there is a point where they cross through each other and that‘s the point where it tries to drag the natural Krystic Spiral into the Metatronic harness, and that happens right around here, in this axis. And I believe it is right here, actually it is, right when it‘s crossing into here. We‘ll look at the Spirals in a minute and then we‘ll look at the dates. Next one, please.

[51:12] This is a quick fly-by. This is just to show you there are different cycles. They published this a long time ago. But if we‘re looking at the Galactic Cycles, like how the Galaxies passing through the Meta-Galaxies, how long they take. They‘re usually millions of years or at least hundreds of thousands of years. Up here, when we get to 1 Time Vector, well 1 Time Vector is 2 Event Horizons which means 1 Line, right where you have two of those, I don‘t even know what level. It‘s 2 Galaxies, or 2 whatever, 2 balls on one 1 Vector Line because it‘s not just referring to…this is talking Planetary so we would be down in the, probably, in the...Planetary, Solar, I don‘t even know how to plug that in yet on the diagrams, like. But for the Solar ones, you‘re probably dealing with the Solar Galactic levels, the Solar System Cycles. These would have to do with the cycles, I guess, going around the Solar Systems or maybe the Probabilities of the Planets, I‘d have to find out. But the correspondences between here is; 1 Time Vector is actually 2 Event Horizons which means one of those Vector Lines, say a 4-10 Vector Line or a 12-6 Vector Line. That would be 1 Time Vector, and when you have 6 Time Vectors that‘s 12 Event Horizons, that‘s a full set, that‘s a full set of those lines. That‘s a full set of, whatever, of the Elum-Eiradhona Spirit Body forms. So that means that 1 Time Continuum, they represent a Time Continuum, each time you see one of those Cycles it is a Time Continuum, and it is the passage through each of the BPR‘s, or Base Pulse Rhythms of each of those 1 through 12 Probability Fields, that is the Time Cycles. Usually these are very, very long. And it takes…where is the SAC? Here, somewhere...26,556 years, which is 6 Time Continua; 36 Time Vectors. That‘s like 6 Time Continua; that would be 6 times around in one of those Probability circulations, would equal that. So this is how what we‘re learning about Probabilities, actually plugs into the timescales that we…they told us about before. But right now we‘re jumping probabilities. We‘re moving them quickly because we‘re in a StarFire Evac Ascension Cycle. So it means things that would normally take lots of years, are…we‘re moving through those Vectors very, very fast. We‘re making future leaps, as far as BPR goes. That will align us with the futures we would prefer to see, which is still in The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 125 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

a Living Meta-Galactic Shield of M-31. So, eventually, we‘re going to evolve through into the Systems of M-31, and from there the sky is the limit, I guess. Next one, please.

[54:10] This is just to remind us that, when we talked about…quite a while ago, back, I think; this is before Tenerife, I think even, whenever. But the Beloveds showed us how to use the Kathara Grid proportions, and how to actually spin them to create a set of embedded ones, that actually create the natural Krystic Spiral. Where...there is a lot of hooha in the New Age Movement about the Golden Mean Spiral, and the Fibonacci Spiral, and the Golden Mean Rectangle, and all of that stuff. All of that stuff is Metatronic Teachings, and there was a time when they showed us how to compare the Krystal Spiral which has a different sequence. What‘s neat about the Krystal Spiral; basically comes out to times two, I believe. Where you go 1 times 2 is 2, 2 times 2 is 4, 4 times 2 is 8, 8 times 2 is 16, 16 times 2 is 32, all the way up, and it keeps unfolding at that rate, instead of the Fibonacci sequence. And this is a natural cycle. We went through all sorts of stuff explaining how these spirals, and the Flames that they form, how it fits in with the StarBorn Cycle, and all of that with the Light Body structures, and all of it. But I wanted to bring this back, just for a moment, because I want to show the interface of the Spirals, because that‘s what‘s going to happen at a certain point where those Octants interact with each other. Oh, and by the way too, one easy way to understand the Octants, here is the Kathara Grid in there again, right? If you go...the Octant Cycles come from…we were talking about the Creation Cycles, where…and that comes off of the Kathara Grid, actually. So you have 1 Line, that would be the zero-point Line, then you have the next rotation, 2, 3, 4…where am I…5, 6, 7, 8; you have a set of 8 Lines. They‘re the ones that interface with the 12, where the 12 are the Probability Lines, where you have the spheres within the spheres. But these are actually the Time Cycles that have to do with the growth of anything, because it starts with the Creation Point, and then it expands outward from there. You could also plug into this graph the…there is one circular graph that I have with all sorts of lines, that talk about the TaKEyon Cycles of the Harmonic Key Generation Cycles. Even the point where it starts at Fetal Integration, and then you have the Na-VA-Ho Cycle, then the SE-Da Cycle, then the Rasha Cycle, and then the Body is born, and then you have the Growth Cycles, so this all plugs in together. But they come out of here, basically, those 8 axis that come off the Kathara Grid. This Spiral here, this funny looking one here is the…you can compare the two of them. This one is…these are the Golden Mean Rectangle proportions and stuff. This is the ―Fib-of-no‖. . . I would call it the ―Fib-ofno-Chi‖ because it has no Chi; this is a particular type of energy. It actually, doesn‘t have a relationship with its center. This comes out from the center-point, and continues to expand from there. This, actually, has to suck on to something. It‘s like a little snake that has to hold on, and then suck energy from something to be able to vampire. It‘s a vampire spiral; to be able to vampire energy from something else, in order to continue to expand itself out into expansion, it has to feed off something. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 126 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

And what it‘s used as is a harness field. When you put these two together; this is the perfect Krystal Spiral, and that‘s the, again, the Fib of no Chi one. When you put them together what you get is the Krystal Spiral; that‘s this one, it‘s running inside. It starts off smaller, and at a certain point it starts to expand, and go through accelerations, where it‘s starting to get bigger and stronger, right here. Now at that point, too, these are interfaced with the Metatronic sciences; they interface. And these are like technologies that are built on how to interface things, in this way, so you can harness them, create electro-magnetic harness fields to suck and drain the energy from them. But you have to have a Core something alive, to start with. So what they do is they tap onto the Core something alive, and they drag energy out of it, and they create this larger harness around the smaller less quantum spiral, that‘s just trying to grow. And at a certain point they cross through, right there. That‘s a certain time position, in relation to the Octant Cycles. And that is where a certain acceleration occurs, and that‘s where the harness grab…that is where Planet Earth is going to feel the grab of the Omega Code trying to pull it into the acceleration that will take it into the Black Hole Alignments. Next one, please.

[59:12] OK and, these are the ones that I do want to get to you, if we have to mail them to you, we will. Because, just because, it gives you the reminder of the dates and I didn‘t have them down, they weren‘t done to get to Kinko‘s in time. But, basically, we start here; this is the start of our Cycle, was April, and this is the start of our entering into Meta-Galactic-6 Alignment Cycle. That started April 13th 2009, Sarasota Drum Circle period. Now from then until September 30 th 2009, that will be Octant-1. Then Octant-2 runs from September 30th of 2009 to March 15th 2010. And then Octant…where am I...Octant-2 right, then Octant-3 am I at? Yeah, I get confused with these; I have to look at them head on. Where am I? Octant-2, Octant-3 goes from March 15th 2010 to September 1st 2010. And then Octant-4, from September 1st 2010 to February 15th 2011; this happens to be the point where we‘re starting to get into issues of what is the Sextant Spiral, which is the spiral we just talked about, the Fib of no Chi Spiral. That is when that draw starts to happen, where the Crossovers between the natural Krystal Spiral of Expansion of Harmonic Key Accretion is occurring. And it gets interfaced, and that‘s where it‘s going to start trying to drag us into the Milky Way Fall Alignment. And that is going to occur…the pull starts around February 15 th 2011. But the full interface of those spirals…and the harness comes, and this is where Phantom Earth is going to be pulled into that alignment, into the Fall Alignment fully, is June 4 th 2011. Now, if we don‘t make certain things, as far as the Crossover goes by that point that will also be where we‘re going, where this Planet is going. They haven‘t said anything about Earth change potentials when Phantom and NET Earth are separating. I don‘t know what that‘s going to look like; they will let us know if it‘s anything we need to know about, I‘m sure. But then we have the Octant-5 Cycle. It‘s during the Octant-5 Cycle that that interface occurs, where the pull starts to happen from the Omega Code. And, let‘s see, Octant-6 Cycle starts August 1st 2011, and goes till January 15th 2012. And Octant-7 goes from January 15th 2012 to July, I think The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 127 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

it was 5th actually, I forgot to put the 5…to about July 5 th 2012. And then the Octant-8 Cycle, which is the final Octant Cycle, goes from July 5th 2012 to December 15th through 21st of 2012. And that is when we do that pop-through, whatever…I just call it a pop-through, whatever it‘s going to be. Some kind of Ma-Sha-Yanic Fold that allows us to do the leap in BPR into the Meta-Galactic-12 Alignment in the…with the proper tilt where we have our Ah-VA‘-yas Bodies are tilting into the M-31 angles, instead of being dragged into the Black Hole Fall ones. So this is the beginning of understanding the end, the End Times. This is what the End Times, all the stuff about End Times has always been about. We should be able to get through this alright. We‘ve done really good, so far, when you see what we‘ve come from, as far as those alignments that we had. I‘m glad they showed us after we got out, because that would have been enough to just really, really be depressing. And it‘s not depressing now, we‘re actually in the…we‘ve made all the alignments that we needed to. We were a little late on a couple of them, but we made up for lost time and the Shield is still holding. And even though the Milky Way is going to end up as a Fall System, there is still plenty of time for an Evac. And that Evac will hold with the Host, and we‘re bringing that Host here by anchoring these frequencies. There has to be somebody here that can run the frequencies that has the DNA coding, to be able to run the frequencies, to be alive on Planet, to be able to let this Planetary Shield have the assistance. So, there are times when we have to finish ours…we started our Shield Activations here, and we‘re running through here. Right here; Aquafereion Shield needs to lock in, which means it needs to lock in to the Meta-Galactic-6, 3-3-3 Configuration. So we have to have passed…we‘re still in 1, Galactic-1, we have to accrete and accelerate our Shields to the point where we‘re in alignment with 3, with Galactic-3 still in Meta-Galactic-6, and then we go into the NET Earth Shield doing it. So we‘re like a…we‘re an Octant ahead of them or 1, like 1 and ½ Octants or something, yeah, 1 and ½ Octants ahead of them, I think it is. So, this is where the NET Earth Shield has to be, and we have to be ready to assist the Planet in anchoring that in the grids, and that‘s why we‘re doing the Drum Circles. Two of them are Drum Circles and one is a night time Shadra Shield on the beach type thing. Last time we did that we got Orbs all over in St. Kitts, so you never know; just call them Orb Fest, potential. And we‘re going to be learning more about the Orbs, I really hope so. I do know there is a lot more on the Ah-VE‘-yas Body training, but they want us to know, as far as the Ah-VE‘-yas Body goes that…and remember that when we say Ah-VE‘-yas we‘re referring to the part of the Sha-LA-ea Light Unit that surrounds each of your atoms; that is that top ball of the Tri-Veca configuration. And that is what they call a Water-gel, as opposed to a Thermo-gel, of the other two that phase. And, there is a lot more that they‘re going to teach us about the Ah-VE‘-yas and the Ah-VA‘-yas Bodies, but when we are working with the technologies that we have…we‘re working with here, the Activations that are coming in now, they‘re directly interfacing with the Ah-VE‘-yas Body, which is that little ball on top on each of our, around each of our atoms. And, that is the one that will determine…they also call it the Vibrational Body, and the others they call the Oscillatory Body.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 128 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

So, I believe this determines…alright the Ah-VE‘-yas Body connects directly with the Spirit Body, where the Ah-VA‘-yas Bodies connect with the Light Body. So we‘re actually shifting our Spirit Body alignments, like little atom by atom…the Spirit Body that goes with the atom; the Ah-VA‘-yas, into the proper alignments with the Meta-Galactic-6, 3-3-3 Alignment, so we can do the Crossover. So, we‘re actually crossing over the alignment of our Ah-VA‘-yas…Ah-VE‘-yas sorry, Ah-VE‘-yas units, in order to begin the process of our atoms being able to cross over into that alignment, which is required to be able to Slide. And, a bunch of other things too, including anchoring these frequencies on the Planetary level during 2010. Next one, please.

[1:07:03] This is just to remind us of the fact that those maps, literally, fit in our…this is…alright, they‘re saying this is part of our Ah-VA‘-yas Body, or our Ah-VE‘-yas Body, where it‘s, actually, like a Water-gel. Now it‘s a Water-gel you can‘t see from here, it‘s not materialized here, it‘s a different substance than the atoms are, but it surrounds the atoms and the…it literally forms like a cloud of energy around us. And our own fields, when we have our Pentagonal Flows turned on, that we talked about in the other Sliders workshops, the other Sliders; it actually creates these little preatoms, like pre-quarks, that come together to form atoms. And, that‘s how our atoms actually form in structure; by little Sha-LA-ea Light Units with their AhVE‘-yas and their Ah-VA‘-yas coming together, and forming the little sub-sparks in the center. And then they cling together, and they form forms, and they build structures that you don‘t see, first. You see the atoms later as they come together, and actually fill out atomic structure. There is a form underneath, and they answered my question, just briefly, when I‘d asked before I came down. I had mentioned, I think in the Orientation, that I had seen this strange effect in Sarasota where; just like walking outside the hotel I was seeing this, almost like, crystal white-like structure that was inside of and, kind of like behind, the structures of the building. ―And, what is that‖? Is it Ectoplasm, or what? I don‘t know. Am I seeing Crystal Keylons, what am I seeing? And they didn‘t answer me than. But they said what I‘m seeing is the Ah-VE‘-yas Body. So, this is what it looks like, it actually looks like it‘s made of crystal. Imagine crystal water-gel. It‘s like a crystalline but it‘s not hard crystal, it‘s kind of like squashy crystal. And it‘s actually the stuff of…you can think of it in terms of thought forms; like where do thoughts come from, and where do they go? Well, they come from various places, and they go various places, but when they leave our attention they actually go into the Ah-VE‘-yas Field; which are certain planes that are connected to us, and to the Planet, that are like thought-form Fields. And from there, they accrete and build frequency, until they form atoms that become manifest and materialize down here. So, they wanted me to know that that thing that I was seeing is that, kind of like ghost image, in and through objects. And it was stationary objects I was seeing it on, not like people walking by. It was just like, the corner of the building. There is another corner of the building with it, but it‘s made out of white stuff, what is that? So, this is part of the Teachings that they‘re just introducing. But they call the Sliders-4 workshop ―Introduction, Intermediate Ah-VE‘-yas Body Training‖ because these activations that we‘re doing…and we‘ll have one more activation and technique to do, like we‘ll do it together. It‘s a The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 129 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

technique; it‘s a Journey which is the technique. The activation is coming in from the Beloveds, and we will use the technique that you can take home with you which is ―the Call‖, because you can use that to call in certain things, and to open certain frequencies within yourself, whenever you want to. Now, the certain frequencies within yourself have to do with the brain. I think I‘ll do the brain ones next.

[1:10:33] Yeah, double brain, that‘s good. Oh, by the way, with these brain diagrams someone pointed out to me that…I believe she is a psychiatrist, she said, ―oh, by the way, that‘s the bottom of the brain that one is upside down‖. [laughing] That‘s the underside of the brain, but that‘s OK, because I‘m using it as if it were the top. What‘s most important in the diagram…the only reason I use it is to show; you‘ve got the pineal thingy is in the center, you have eyeballs on stalks, and you‘ve got your grey matter. These things, I don‘t talk much about, which you might have to change those if you realize you‘re looking at it from underneath, because that would change left and right. But you don‘t need to change left and right in the way I‘ve described it, as far as the alignments, because I‘ve been using the diagram as if you‘re looking at it from the top down. So, those were the left and right orientations that I was given. So, even though the diagram is upside down, just ignore the fact that it‘s not the top of the brain. It has eyes, and it has a pineal, and it has a brain to show you the basic, how things are lined up in relation to that, because we haven‘t gotten in heavily into the things in this one. We talked a little bit about this stuff. Fortunately, we used these graphs for it; the ones that are sideways which, the most you can do is to get left and right mixed up. Anyway, next one, please.

[1:11:54] Alright, this was just showing the correct alignment when you take that Shield, that map, the MetaGalactic Shield, and you align it on your head properly. Over here…now here we go again. [laughing] Every time I try to do this, because it‘s not facing forward I have a problem with this. Coming through from your left side would be the natural alignment for that Ecka point, and the circulations…we‘ve talked about those before. There should be circulations going back and forth through the head, and they actually would come out through all of them, so you‘d have vision coming in from 360, around you. Eventually, we‘ll go back to these flows. We‘re beginning the process, processes that will assist the atmic structure, the Mental Body structure and the Ah-VE‘yas Body to go back into the alignments that these are possible. Next one, please.

[1:12:51] This is showing the misalignment, where instead of having the angle come in from back here, it‘s actually coming in from over here, and that twists all sorts of things that I talked about yesterday. The only reason I wanted to show you these again is so we can get to the next one, where we look at the triangulation that we opened in the first activation, and see what that‘s going to look like. Now, we showed it on the map, where we showed the Ma-Sha-Ya-Ha-Na Vortex opening in relation to that triangle, on the larger maps of the Cosmos. So, we are also going to see that that applies to our heads, as well. So we‘re going to get this opening, that literally…and this protection The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 130 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

frequency that comes in and…like the protective arms that come around and hug you, but they come in through your head at the moment. We‘ll show you where that comes in. Next one, please.

[1:13:44] Now, this is what we activated yesterday. (to Az) Is that backwards? Follow the scribbled words. That‘s upside down. I think, yeah that‘s the right way. So, this is the triangulation that we opened yesterday. And they are little points in the brain that will act as receivers for the specific frequencies. These and these, will be coming in from the Andromeda System which are the M-31 Urtha frequencies here, and these were from the Adjugate Urtha, actually, the Adjugate over there, still. And this one, we‘ll be receiving from Meta-Galactic Core but through this triangulation. So, it actually tempers the mess that‘s usually coming in from Meta-Galactic Core, in our brains, from the Procyak Broadcast of the BeaST. And now, it‘s going to extend out. Now, if you take the map; it extends out to this point that is the Meta-Galactic-12 Core. That‘s what we‘re going to be aligned with in 2012, that‘s the alignment we‘re going to leap to in 2012. So, we‘re going to align there, and that will take us directly into relation to the Ecka, and that takes us out to the Eckasha, and the Eckasha-A, and the Eckasha-I, and up into the Aquareion Matrix Alignment. So it‘s going to, literally, come in…and this would be…since we‘re pretending that is the top of the head, this would be the, right side? Where am I…I get totally dyslexic, especially if I‘m tired with that. So, we have to look forward to this lovely tunnel opening and...(to Az) Yeah, yeah, it is through the Mentor Space. And it‘s also…it will have frequencies coming down here. But there will also be another loop that comes down around, through the other side, that makes those arms that are coming down to receive the direct frequency broadcast from, not only the Andromeda set, but all the way up from the Source of the Krystal River Host; which is the Ma-Sha-Ya-Ha-Na Core of the Aquareion Matrix that is in the Parallel…not Parallel, the Adjacent Eckasha-A. And they are the Source, the ancient Source of the Krystal River Host. So, this is a big one, this is a really big activation. They said that, as far as the…what did they call them, the Sentence, the Sacred Sentence, as far as…they‘re actually, numerical codes, but in whatever specific language from over there; the Aquareion Matrix, that, when you use them, they call open certain Gate Sets, and that was listed on that sheet. We didn‘t have that sheet ready to print either, that will be in the stuff that we want to send you, as far as explaining what they are. But, we will be…they‘re going to tell me in a couple of minutes…we‘re going to take a break before we do it, because this will be the last thing we do. So, there is not going to be a lot of chat or anything after. But, we will come back from a short break, and it‘s a good time to like do the bathroom run if you need to, because we‘re going to do the toning bits with the Sentence, the Sacred Sentence. And then they‘re going to take us through a Journey of some sort, which is one of those they‘re going to run live. Oh great, am I still awake...but it‘s easier to read them because I can give them to Az [laughing] and say ―Az, here, would you read this?‖ The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 131 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

[interacting with Az] Yeah, that was excellent. Yeah, that would be excellent, yeah. The people who were doing the drumming when we walked in, and were singing them, if you would come up front when we get to that point where we‘re doing them, and run that, we would be really thrilled. I haven‘t even got to pronounce them out loud yet, actually, almost, but not all in a row fast. So, anyway, we‘ll take about a 15 minute break and we‘ll come back, and the Activation will come through while we‘re doing the Journey.

Monday Lecture and Technique [Audio Track 11] A‘sha That makes 6 rounds. A‘zah: Pardon? How many rounds that makes? A‘sha: I think that‘s twice. I think it comes down to 6 rounds of 12 twice. No…no, I don‘t know! 3 rounds of 12 twice = 6 rounds; 6 rounds X 2, let‘s leave it as that. 6 rounds X 2, yes…with a pause in between the 6, I get a little bit of a pause. A‘zah: 6 rounds with 6 X 2. A‘sha: That‘s what it comes up to be, right? No…, 6 rounds of 12 twice, yes. A‘zah: 144 times. A‘sha: Is that what it is? A‘zah: Yeah. A‘sha: I don‘t want to even add it up right now. I have a hard enough time, speaking of numbers. Alright, so yes, we‘ll do 6 rounds of 12, no, yeah, no…I can‘t talk anymore! We will dooo, yes 6 rounds of 12…twice. A‘zah: That‘s 144 times. A‘sha: That keeps it simple. A‘zah: Yeah, it does, to the point….

Technique Introduction A‘sha: Then, now these tones, this is the Call of Aurora, yeah, the Aurora Continuum. It begins the process of setting in your Ah-VE‘-yas Body, remember that‘s the Water-Gel Body, it‘s setting The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 132 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

the vibration of the encryption of those—like unlocking the Gates all the way up through that sequence that we described going up all the way up through into the Aquareion Matrix, alright. Once we get that done, then we‘re going to go into this journey. And the purpose of the journey is: it‘s to get the activation to activate the, on here we go, that word again. It‘s called the Ma-Sha-HaNa Ma-Sha-Yah…I‘m going to use a shorter version for this especially since I have to repeat it once I‘m doing the journey…. How about just the Ma-Sha Vortex? How about the Ma-Sha Vortex? We‘ll just use it because we‘ll be talking about the Ma-Sha. I‘ll just call it the Ma-Sha Vortex, OK. But it means the Ma-Sha‘-Yah-Ha‘-Na. That‘s it, Ma-Sha‟-Yah-Ha‟-Na, yes, but I‘ll call it the MaSha Vortex – know what I mean, OK. So what we‘re going to do is literally as the Beloveds are transmitting the opening of this Vortice to our Shield, we‘ll anchor it in the Shield in each one of our Selves. We are going to go into—they first want us to do a little bit of the Ah-VE‘-yas breathing where you breathe in through the spaces in between your atoms and then bringing yourself as made of Blue Dots, indigo dots, into the Aurora Continuum. Then we‘re going to meet there one of the Ah-JhU-na‘ but as an Orb person. Alright, they‘re just going to be like an Orb being hanging out with you. And OK let‘s see, then while you‘re in that state, you‘re going to pull yourself, that part of yourself that you projected there, into Orb by pulling all the Blue Dots together into like a little core crystal inside of it and just having the Orb around you. And these are neat. These Orbs, they feel different or more Orb-like because they gave me a little bit of the activation as it was going. They‘re like water-gel globes. They are really neat; they‘re like—they have a feeling, not as hard as jell-o would be but they cling together, like stick together. They‘re not runny but it‘s a different consistency of Orb, right, that I could feel. Oh, that‘s cool. And they are going to have us bring, pull ourselves in. There‘s like the breathing thing: inhale and contract up there and pull yourself into that Orb-state. Then you bring the Orb and your little crystal that‘s you inside down into your AzurA and then exhale it out, and it comes out around you. So you have the Orb actually around you and the part of yourself that you‘d send in the bi-lo projection still in your AzurA. And then they have us using the imagery of the Milky Way Galaxy and then behind that another spiral Galaxy representing the Andromeda Galaxy. One would be about a foot in front of us and the other would be about a foot behind that. So 2 feet in front of us you‘d have Andromeda, and 1 foot in front of us we‘d have the image of the Milky Way. And then they have us do a couple of things with that right in front of us, and I‘ll read those as we go. I‘ll turn my pages. There we go, alright…. Ah, then they‘re going to transmit through those images. They are going to transmit like an indigo beam of light. It‘s kind of like indigo with a bit of aqua mixed with it of light that . . . like a flash beam that flashes from Andromeda through Milky Way centers and like right to you. If you want the activation, allow it to come through and it‘ll go into your pineal and then like right through your third eye, 6th chakra, into your pineal. And then it will make the triangulation that‘s already activated in The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 133 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

there from yesterday, kind of vibrate and kind of flash blue. And once we get that far, what it‘s doing there is like fully activating the 3-3-3 Alignment triangulation in your head. And then, ah OK. And then once that flash-blue thing happens, then they are saying to feel what they‘re calling a ‗wide pipe of energy‘ about as wide as like a tennis ball would be but it‘s like a tube, like a tunnel of energy coming from over to your right, and just sense it there, and just feel it coming. And it will come in and connect with the triangulation, and that‘s when it turns it into a vortice. And then the vortice would like come out this way but the tube will stay attached. And the tube actually extends all the way up to . . . through the Matrix that we talked about all the way up to the Aquareion Matrix. And at one point this, and once the tube comes in and that opens, and I think they are going to do it all at the same time, so we are able to call it. Which means it won‘t be just individual; it will be they will say, ‗OK, and now!‘ Alright, this is when it is going to pop and turn into a vortice and open into tunnel. And they said we are supposed to like kind of look, turn around inside our heads keeping our eyes focused here. But open our inner vision out the side of our head as if we had eyes there, and look up the tunnel. And then they‘re going to, and it‘s really neat when they did it. They only did it really fast so I could scribble it down. I really saw them and felt them like way, way, way at the end into the tunnel and they‘re kind of going ‗Hi! Hi!‘ right. And they are having the Aquafereions actually be there. The Aquafereions they are the ones that are part Aquareion and part Human. And they‘re kind of going ‗Hi!‘ up the tunnel. And then they are going to have us go into the, pull ourselves into the bi-location state into our Jelly Orb, and send our Jelly Orb up to visit. And if we want to have the whole circuit, if we want to be able to keep doing this and like have—it is a stronger projection where you get what they call it ―the Arms of Protection‖. Remember in the drawing that showed one current coming through the vortice, right, where like you‘d have the tube coming and then the vortice opening in your head kind of this way, right. And then there is another flow that will come down and if you want to have the arms of protection around you which is the full circulation, then you‘ll feel another like just tube coming down like entering down and then crossing through so it creates the circuit. And then you can project. This is where I said we‘re going to have fun with this one because you can use those tones that Sacred Sentence at home to open that chamber whenever you want to. And you can start orbing out and go up and interact with them. And you can also go just about anywhere from there through the Aquareion Matrix, like you can visit just about any place safely through there so it‘s a safe projection, very safe way to do those projections and those kind of things. And they say if you want to play with that when you get home, they‘ll assist you if you want help with it, and so with any of the ones we call your Buddha buddies, right, that are the different races that are helping. But if you can go, if you want to go, you leave, you‘ll take your Orb up into your . . . like make your Orb with your Buddha Body that you compact into a little Blue Dot right into the center of the Jelly Orb in the center of your AzurA. And then you‘d bring it up and just send it out to the right and have it go in this journey but then when it comes back bring it back through the left so you just keep with the circuit. And the circuit is . . . like it has many veins that go off in all sorts of other places, but it is The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 134 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

a protection. It is like a circulatory system that is protected so it‘s the beginning of another level, a more advanced level of projection, and we get to take it home and play with it with that. And they said especially you can begin to have more powerful experiences with inter-dimensional travel and things. If you use that in combination like just using the tones that we do here, and then projecting in the Orb up to go visit and learn things in other places, if you use that in combination with the technique that Az ran with you that was, I even forget the name of it, the one that‘s on the paper that they‘re going to get that I don‘t think anybody has a copy of that yet. It was on the internet for the people from the Sarasota workshop. But if you use those in combination with the 33-day pattern where it is actually, you can use it for 33 days. If you use those 2 together, you can start to really clear the NET fog. It will help to clear the Epi-genetic Overlay and that‘s actually what‘s keeping the mental focus so phase-locked into 3D. So it should begin to again peel off another level of blockage that‘s in the way of you being able to perceive more interaction more clearly. And they said just like with anything it worked, the more, if you use it consistently it will work. It doesn‘t mean you have to do it like day in and day out. But this one seems fun. I mean it just opens so quick and it was so strong. That was really cool. So anyway, I just wanted to give you a run-through on that. Let‘s see, travel up there…. Yup, so we‘ll get the activation with the technique. As we‘re doing the journey, the activation will occur when we get that current coming in from the side that opens the Vortice. It actually starts when we get the blue beam coming in from the front through the Galaxy line-up. And they‘re using that symbology because what it‘s actually doing is they‘re transmitting it through from the Andromeda Galaxy Meta-Galactic Core into our Meta-Galactic Core but through the loop so it can bypass the Procyak Black Hole at the center of the Meta-Galactic Core. So that doesn‘t allow that to open in our heads because that was always one of the things that the Omega crew had planned on was ‗Yeah, good. Go, let them try and activate‘ because if they do it‘ll just open that up right inside of their heads and where there will be full on-line with the Metatronic broadcasts. And this will bypass that because of the triangulation set and because of the higher frequency, or the stronger frequency that‘s being brought in from above the Eckasha levels and things. So, onto the next one, let‘s do the tone-drumming thingy for the drummers. Thank you guys so much for getting that so fast. I was hearing you practice out there. It was like ‗Oh cool, they‘ve already made it into a song and it sounds neat, yeah!‘ Participant: I‘m going to be the official counter. A‘sha: OK, no, no, what was it again? Participant: You said 6 rounds of 12 – twice. A‘sha and A‘zah: Yeah/Yes!

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 135 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

Participant: Now how much of a break do you want in between Round-1 and Round-2? Like a big breath or a…. A‘sha: Kind of just like a (inhales and exhales)… A‘zah: 3 of those. A‘sha: And then the 2nd one. (Participants do preparatory breaths and the Call of Aurora tone-drumming rounds.) A‘sha: You know what? We have to do 1 more round. Is there anybody that likes to sing higher because it would be cool if we bring it up into—and they told me something during this that the next part is to do the Adjugates for each of these numbers, right, and then there is something else on this. There is another set of numbers where you add up the 3 sets with the tones, 3 different groups of people singing them all simultaneously…Not tonight, tonight is gone…. You have tomorrow…. Yeah but when you get home because you will have these, right. You‘ll have a copy of these. You can start translating that for yourself at least with the Adjugates if you remember anything from the Adjugates. It is whatever the number on the opposite of the same Vector Line, so if you look at the clock, if you‘re looking at the number 1, you trace a straight line down through the center, and it‘ll be number 7, right. So you can just translate them that way yourself if you want the Adjugate set, yeah. Participant: So you would do 1 round of the Adjugate? A‘sha: Yes, you got that…. (to Az – inaudible) They said . . . there was a good idea. They think you got that one – that we will do the other set to close after we do the journey thing. Alright, so we‘ll do the journey, and then right as we‘re closing we can do the final round of it. They actually said it will accelerate the activation of the Ma-Sha Vortex in your head.

Technique: Journey [Audio Track 11, 0:30:23] A‘sha Yes, yes, alrighty, so now just take a couple of gentle Krystar breaths…. Yeah, you can stay (referring to drummers and singers at the front. Participants do breaths.) A few breaths of Ah-VE‘-yas breathing where you inhale, and inhale through the spaces between your cells and into the Aurora Continuum as if it is within and behind you, kind of inhale and hold. And then gently exhale back through the spaces in between your atoms. And feel a lovely little flood of indigo light start moving out when you exhale. Just breathe through a little bit, being aware The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 136 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

that every time you breathe, you‘re inhaling and exhaling through the spaces between your atoms. And you can hold a little on either end to just feel the connection a little stronger. OK, as you‘re breathing Ah-VE‘-yas breathing gently, next imagine that you can feel and see all of your atoms in your body, and the little tiny Blue Dots of indigo light. There‘s like billions of little Blue Dots of indigo light that make up a 3-dimensional you but it is made of light. In a moment we‘re going to inhale and pull that dot-like body into the Aurora Continuum a bit, a little bit behind, still within your body but a little bit toward the inside of the back of your skin, your skin, the skin on your back, the inside of that, right. Inhale into that level, and then gently exhale upward from that level. And imagine that now you can get the 2 nd station turned on in your vision where you can see your Blue Dot self up in the indigo blue hallway of the Aurora Chamber, your Aurora Continuum. Now hang out there for a minute and see if you can sense your/the Ah-JhU-na‘ because everyone—an Ah-JhU-na‘ will come and visit everyone. And they‘ll be in Orb form and what they are referring to as the Jelly Orbs. They are a bit more solid than the little skinny thin air-like ones. OK, the Ah-JhU-na‘ are coming in. Everybody should have their Ah-JhU-na‘ now. If you don‘t see them, that‘s OK. They‘re with you because they are presently accounted for they said. They‘re giving the heads up over here, OK. Now they are going to continue to hang out with you. But now we‘re going to inhale and pull together all; inhale from both your physical body and the projection of your Blue Dot Body and inhale all the Blue Dots into a center point up into the Aurora Continuum. At the bottom or the top of the inhale just a little bit more and pull that little dot into your AzurA, and then exhale gently and expand Orb out around you. And try to feel the texture of this. It‘s more like a Jelly Orb; it‘s a different texture than a lot of the orbing projections we‘ve done. Try to sense the difference. You could fill the Orb with a bit more of the gentle breathing of the Ah-VE‘-yas breathing. Every time you inhale, you‘re sending Backflow back into the Aurora Continuum. And every time you exhale, you‘re bringing a Backflow Return out into the space around you and in your Orb now. Now they would like you to call to mind the image, an image of a spiral Galaxy, the Milky Way Galaxy. And imagine about a foot out in front of you, right in the same alignment with your third eye that is right here in physical space out in front of you. Imagine that there is a point that is a spiral Galaxy that is the Milky Way. And then about a foot out from that and up a little bit further, imagine that there is another spiral Galaxy, and that is the M31 Galaxy. If you can‘t see them in your mind‘s eye, that‘s OK. Just intend them to be there. The Beloveds will use those intention as an encryption-coded anchoring rod so they can begin the activations. And in a moment the activations will begin when they send the blue beams. First the beams will come through as a spark, like a spark in the center of the Andromeda Galaxy image. And then from there it‘ll create a blue beam that comes from Andromeda to the Milky Way and directly to you and if you want the activation. If you don‘t, there is no obligation; you don‘t have to. But if you want it, it comes directly from the Milky Way part directly into your pineal or your third eye and your pineal, and as soon as it comes in it‘s like a really fast blue spark like a pulse of light and it activates to the next level the 3-3-3 Triangulation that is in your head. So in a minute they are going to get ready The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 137 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

to transmit the blue. So let‘s inhale for the moment, and they want us to inhale and hold and then they will send it. And when they send it, it will exhale. So as we‘re exhaling, the frequency is coming toward our third eye. OK, so inhale and hold, and exhale now. You might sense a little bit of a vibration that once it— actually it moves so fast I didn‘t even see it—my own. But it went; it was a pulse beam. OK, but I did feel this weird vibration sense in my triangulation in the middle of my brain. See if you can sense anything there like that. See if you can sense too that the triangulation inside around your pineal is now glowing with like indigo blue light and it‘s getting ready to activate to the next level. OK, as the frequency is building, the indigo frequency is becoming more intense in the triangulation. There‘s going to be a little flash point where it, where the triangulation kind of popflashes. And at that point, and it will be the same point for everyone because it is synchronizing the activations so nobody gets left behind, try to sense the vibration as the energy is building in that triangulation. It is almost like watching electricity run through a triangular-shaped circuit, and it‘s getting stronger and stronger every time it runs. OK, let‘s inhale and wait for it in a minute, and exhale and it will be flash point. Top of my head went numb—that was interesting. OK, and now that it has flashed, try to sense going out from your right side of your head but it is not touching your head yet, part of it, try to sense out there past your Mentor Space out a bit in the field that there is a tube or tunnel, that wide pipe that is about tennis ball width that is gently coming towards you. And try to sense it as it‘s coming in. You may feel a gentle wash of heat with it as it is moving closer. And it will move right in, in through the side of your head, the right side of your head. Yeah, it is starting to move toward into the range of your heads now, OK. And it will move through your head and into only to the halfway point to where it is lined up around that triangulation. OK and now inhale and hold for a moment. And when we exhale the triangulation is going to pop and become the Ma-Sha Vortice, and exhale. And try to feel this Vortex open and coming out the right side of your head and connecting to that tube, that tunnel that leads way, way up and out into the Aquareion Matrix. Try to sense that long tube and that Vortice that opens in your head. The mouth of the Vortice is actually pointed toward the left where the small skinnier part is to the right, and it is the one on the right that the tube connects to the tunnel too. Breathe gently for a moment or 2 and as you do try to sense first as if you‘re turning your attention toward the inside of that Vortex and you‘re looking inside the Vortex and all the way up through the tunnel that it is connected to up to the right. That movement in your head though is as if you can turn your awareness around inside your head and look outside of your head up into the—starting at the pineal looking through the Vortex up through. OK, now you can remember our Orb is still around us, and call to mind the piece of our self that we had turned into the Blue Dot person and then turned into a tiny Blue Dot in our AzurA. Let‘s move into a state of bi-location now. Our Orb will stay around our bodies but we‘ll send that other part of our self with a smaller Orb around it and we‘ll send it. First we‘ll inhale and bring up the small speck The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 138 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

of ourselves from the AzurA up into our pineal where it‘s sitting at the mouth of the Vortice now. And then exhale and pop up a small Orb inside the middle of your head which is the Orb around that little spark of awareness. Inhale and hold for a minute. When we exhale we‘re going to push our Orb Self in bi-location straight up through that tunnel to about halfway, exhale. Now attempt to see from that perspective of your bi-location perspective: you‘re an Orb that has 360-vision all the way around and you‘re finding yourself inside a tunnel that is like a tube. And then in front of you imagine you can see a whole group of Guardian beings and they look like they are just bathed in light. You can‘t really tell who‘s really shaped like what or whatever but these are good guys. There will be a lot of the Aquafereion there, but there‘s also other members of the Guardian race groups. And imagine that they are up there—try to feel they are beaming down at you a greeting and a welcome. And they‘re also bringing an invitation for those who would like to be a part of the MaSha‘-Yah-Ha‘-Na ministry. Doesn‘t mean that you have to do anything different, but if you would like to be a part of their educational programs and that kind of thing, you can let them know now and they will be glad to work with you. They will start in the dream state or in Sa‘dhi state which is where you‘re not really fully asleep but you shift your consciousness. So let them know if you would like that now. And if you don‘t that‘s OK; you can think about it later because you are being invited to join them and to visit up there and in any of the many other conduits that the secured pipe line will be able to take you through in the wild world of the Probable Reality Systems. And take another inhale breath and hold for a minute. And when we exhale we are going to move all the way up the tube and into this big, bright, just white light space, exhale. Now if you‘d like to have the full circuit of the protective arms to activate, we will come down through, make a loop literally from the Aquareion Matrix and we‘ll return our Orb through from the left side, so it makes a link right into the, coming in from the other side it makes a link in the center by connecting into the mouth of the vortice. If you don‘t want a full circuit yet, or at all, you can come back down from the right side if you want to. But we‘ll inhale and hold, and whichever way you want to come back down push your Orb down as you exhale. If you chose the path that comes down from the left when they connect, you might have, you might feel a spark or some—for me it was like this star burst shot up and down my Central Vertical Column. It‘s like ‗Whoa, cool!‘ Alright, alrighty, now you can use this: this tunnel will stay open but it will—to activate it where you can easily Orb through it and visit them if you want to or even go and like kind of sit in the bottom part of the tunnel and say, ‗Hello up there, could we talk? Will you help me with this please? Or would you advise me on that please?‘ It will also give a secure place even if you don‘t want to fully orb to go visiting. This connection is actually run through the Aurora Continuum, the protection fields there which are around the Central Actuality Dominions, so they are part of the network of the Aurora Continuum so they are quite safe and private spaces that you can communicate from. Working from this space can enhance your ability to like communicate with and feel the responses The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 139 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

of the Guardian groups, so it is a beginning place. You can also visit any time you want by just sending your Jelly Orb up. And also try to feel your Jelly Orb more often; play with it when you are doing a just little bit of AhVE‘-yas breathing through your atoms. Just do kind of a (inhale) hold and inhale and (exhale) with the Backflow Return push your Orb back around you and just try to feel it there. They‘d like us get used to orbing too and then we can go traveling and have people take pictures of us (chuckles).

(End Technique) Alrighty, that will be the activation, and again using this with the 33-day technique that if you don‘t have it from the internet, we‘ll get that to you. I think that‘s going to be available on the internet for everyone, isn‘t it? Yeah the technique will be available, and the Staah-LEi‘-yas will be available on the internet for everyone. We can‘t put the maps out that way because they just won‘t print clear enough. There‘s too much detail so the closest you can get is the photocopier so we‘ll probably be sending those through the mailing address so you can get the physical copies. OK, and we have one more round of the Sentence, (sighs) Oh God! Yeah, it‘ll be really good if we could put some like modulation of tone in there as we are singing the same things, but like do some harmonies and harmonics like that for people who are good at singing. I used to be able to do that but my voice is shot at that moment, yeah. Oh and maybe I should say good bye and have a good, wonderful trip home and thank you and all that stuff now, before and then we can do the final activation and then just kind of like get up and like and go. At least it‘ll wake you up enough, when we get . . . by the time we get out we‘ll have a bit of energy happening, so I don‘t have to go back to hahhh and bring you back down again by chatting at you. So I just want to thank you before we do this last round. Thank you for being patient with this workshop. I hope you‘ve enjoyed the information that you‘ve received and the activations. (Applause) And thank you for being here and hope to see you again soon! So, have a very safe trip home. And I guess we‘ll go into the last set (chuckles). I will just say ‗set‘. You guys are keeping count. Um? (Responding to a question) Start at—no, not to start with, no let‘s start out slower, yeah but build up to the crescendo at the end, yeah. [0:49:03-1:05:02] (Participants do the Call of Aurora tone-drumming set.)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 140 of 141

Sliders-4, May 22-24, 2009: Phoenix, AZ

TABLE OF CONTENTS Friday Evening Orientation (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Saturday Technique Sequence (A‘zah) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Saturday Lecture (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Saturday Lecture 2 (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Sunday Technique Sequence (A‘zah) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Sunday Lecture (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 Sunday Lecture 2 (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Monday Lecture (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Technique Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha-yana & A'zah-yana Deane, 2009, All Rights Reserved Page 141 of 141